What did PGG Wrightson Limited announce?

PGG Wrightson Limited (NZX: PGW) filed “Annual & Sustainability Reports for Year to 30 June 2026” with NZX on 14 September 2026, as an earnings results announcement.

From the announcement:“Pūrongo ā-tau Annual Report For the year ended 30 June 2026 Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026 ANNUAL REPORT 2026 | 1 Grounded in history. Focused on the future.”
When was it filed?
14 September 2026
Where is the original?
NZX announcement
PGG Wrightson Limited logo

Annual & Sustainability Reports for Year to 30 June 2026

Earnings Results14 September 2026PGWIndustrials

Pūrongo ā-tau
Annual Report

For the year ended 30 June 2026 Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

1

Grounded in history.

Focused on the future.

PGG Wrightson celebrates

175 years of walking alongside

farmers and growers.

Cover: Emma Pollitt, PGW Livestock Representative – Genetics, and Jamie Hayward, Regional Livestock Manager,

discuss the Angus bulls’ structure and docility with Dean McHardy, General Manager and Stud Master, in advance

of the Tangihau Angus Annual Bull Sale, inland from Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.

Inside front cover: The Grange in North Canterbury.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

32

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Since May 1851, when George Gould opened

Christchurch's first general store, PGG Wrightson (PGW)

and the businesses that have come before it have

walked alongside New Zealand farmers and growers,

adapting to changing markets, new technologies, and

the shifting needs of rural communities.

Wright Stephenson & Co Ltd - Dunedin Branch, Otago: 1900 Balfour Agency - grain store and

office, in centre of Waimea plains, Circa 1900. Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P4007/4.

Photo Credit: Levin & Co, Wellington building, Circa 1960

Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P0252/43

The Dalgety building located to the right of the Cathedral, Christchurch, Circa 1880.

Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P5000/67/1.

Dalgety & Co Ltd, Commercial Street, Takaka, Tasman District, Circa 1955.

Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P5000/1/1.

Pyne & Co’s building, 172 Cashel Street, c.1914. Image credit: P. G. Stevens.

Pyne Gould Guiness Ltd. The Jubilee History 1919-1969 Pg. 50.

New Zealand Fruitgrowers' Federation building, Bennetts Road, Roxburgh, Circa 1968.

Image credit: PGG Wrightson Heritage Collection.

Donald Reid & Co building, Vogel St, Circa 1882. Image credit: John H. Angus.

Donald Reid Otago Farmers Centennial History 1878-1978.

Pyne, Gould, Guinness Ltd branch, Circa 1950.

Image credit: PGG Wrightson Heritage Collection.

Pyne, Gould, Guinness Ltd, Geraldine after the merger, 1926.

Image credit: P. G Stevens. Pyne, Gould, Guinness Ltd. The Jubilee History 1919-1969. Pg 64.

Williams & Kettle, Gisborne, Circa 1950.

Image credit: Ewan McGregor, Williams & Kettle: The Price of Success.

Guinness & Le Cren, Waimate, Circa 1903. Quinns Arcade built to the

right in 1906. Image credit: RRG Rattray, Waimate Museum & Archives.

Wright, Stephenson & Co Ltd Blenheim branch. Department Store, 1966.

Image credit: Fletcher Trust Archives P4004/13.

As we celebrate our 175

th

anniversary, with a nationwide footprint of retail stores, saleyards,

wool stores, real estate offices, distribution centres, South Island water branches, a specialist research

and development laboratory, and a dedicated research station, that same spirit of progress continues.

Our growing digital capability,

backed by science-led solutions,

ensures we can help farmers and

growers succeed in an increasingly

connected, data-driven, and fast-

moving agricultural and horticultural

landscape.

Although our heritage is a source of

deep pride, our focus remains firmly

on the future. “This anniversary isn’t

about looking back for nostalgia’s

sake,” Stephen Guerin, CEO of

PGW says. “It’s about recognising

long-serving team members

and intergenerational customer

relationships that have shaped our

business. It’s also about celebrating

our shared history, reaffirming

our commitment to invest in the

future, and standing alongside our

customers through change.”

“Our history is carried forward in the

way we operate today,” says Stephen.

“The same spirit that helped rural

New Zealand grow over the past

175 years continues to drive our

focus and investment in innovation,

sustainability, and community

strength. Our longevity is grounded

in personal relationships, resilience,

and the ability to innovate and adapt

to change.”

While we honour the stories of

predecessor companies, including

Pyne Gould Guinness, Wrightson

NMA, Dalgety, Williams & Kettle, and

many others woven into the fabric

of rural New Zealand, we value the

growth of digital platforms and

new technologies that are helping

farmers and growers operate in faster,

smarter, and more connected ways

than our founders could ever have

dreamed possible.

NATIONAL
WOOL

AUCTION CENTRE

4

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

5

Innovations such as bidr®, New

Zealand’s virtual saleyard, have

transformed the way livestock is

bought and sold by enabling farmers,

agents, and buyers to participate in

real-time auctions from anywhere

in the country. By combining online

bidding with traditional saleyards and

on-farm sales, bidr extends market

access while maintaining the trusted

relationships that remain central to

livestock trading.

Alongside bidr, agOnline provides

customers with a livestock

marketplace and market intelligence

hub, giving farmers access to livestock

listings, upcoming sales, saleyard

schedules, results, and pricing

information in one central place.

Together with PGW's online store,

these platforms are creating a more

connected rural experience, enabling

customers to research, buy, sell,

and manage their farming needs

through whichever channel works

best for them.

Please visit Our History | PGG Wrightson to explore these

stories and discover the legacy that continues to influence

our business today.

You may also scan this QR

code to visit our collection of

heritage stories celebrating

175 years of history.

To honour the people,

businesses, and milestones

that helped shape PGW,

we have created a collection

of heritage stories celebrating

175 years of history.

~30% OF ALL SALEYARD BIDS

THROUGH BIDR®

NEW HIGHS ACHIEVED IN

GO-STOCK RECEIVABLES

A PODCAST ABOUT AND FOR

OUR FARMERS AND GROWERS

NATIONAL WOOL AUCTION

CENTRE LAUNCHED

INNOVATIONS

Milton Munro, Technical Team

Manager, discusses the state

of the agricultural economy

with Dan Huggins, BNZ CEO, at

Fieldays, near Hamilton, Waikato.

Our innovation focus is not limited

to digital tools. Across the country,

our research and development (R&D)

programme supports dozens of trials

annually, testing products, technologies,

and solutions in real New Zealand

farming conditions. Recent investment

in our Hastings Research Station further

strengthens this capability, allowing

our teams to continue delivering

evidence-based recommendations that

help customers improve productivity,

performance, and on-farm outcomes.

This science-led approach is supported

by our nationwide network of technical

experts and field representatives,

ensuring innovation is practical, tested,

and relevant to the realities of farming

and horticulture.

GO-STOCK, an innovative alternative

to livestock finance, helps farmers free

up capital which would otherwise be

used to purchase livestock. Instead,

their capital can be used to grow their

business. Customers can now sign

contracts digitally, making the process

faster and more convenient.

Technology is also helping create

smarter, more sustainable systems

across agriculture. AI-enabled

technology such as SkyCount™ can

reduce time-consuming livestock

audit movement by enabling remote

stock counts, supporting improved

animal welfare and operational

efficienc y.

Across the wider business, our

investment in Microsoft 365 systems

and leadership development

through our Academy Development

programme continue to improve

service delivery, strengthen

expertise, and provide more

seamless trading experiences.

As agriculture and horticulture

continue to change, so do we. Our

vision remains clear: to empower

farmers and growers for generations

to come by combining trusted

expertise, local relationships, and

future-focused innovation.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

76

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Annual Shareholders’

Meeting

13 October 2026

Half-year earnings

announcement

23 February 2027

Year-end earnings

announcement

17 August 2027

Calendar

|

MaramatakaSustainability

|

Toitūtanga

As part of our commitment to sustainability, this

Annual Report is printed using soy-based inks,

no chemicals have been used in the process of

platemaking and the Annual Report is printed

on environmentally responsible paper, produced

using Elemental Chlorine Free (ECF), third

party certified pulp from responsible sources,

and manufactured under the strict ISO14001

Environmental Management System.

Our year

1

Celebrating our 175

th

anniversary

8

2026 Financial Year Performance Results

10

Financial Performance

15

Chair and Chief Executive Officer’s Report

23

PGW Group Strategy & Performance Measures

Our Company

26

Board of Directors

28

Executive Team

31

The Year in Review

50

Tangihau Station –

Breeding resilience on the East Coast

54

Hastings Research Station –

A platform for innovation

58

FarmRight –

Growing scale, capability, and partnership

Key Financial Disclosures

61

Key Financial Disclosures

62

Directors’ Responsibility Statement

71

Additional Financial Disclosures including

Notes to the Financial Statements

109

Independent Auditor’s Report

Governance

113

Corporate Governance

and Board Charter

125

Statutory Disclosures

127

Remuneration Report

132

General Disclosures

133

Shareholder Information

135

Glossary

136

Corporate Directory

CONTENTS

Ngā Kaupapa

Please help us reduce our environmental

impact by choosing to receive future Annual

Reports and shareholder communications

electronically. Reports are available online

through the PGG Wrightson Investor

Centre, and shareholders can update

their communication preferences via

Computershare by visiting

www.investorcentre.com/nz.

Print

|


Mātātuhi

Fire in the sky above the vines, Hawke’s Bay,

photographed by Carl Gundersen for the

2025 PGW LandMarks Photo Collection.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

9

2026 FINANCIAL YEAR

Performance

Results

Ngā Otinga Whakatutukitanga

8

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Fully imputed dividends

for the year of

10 cps

*

Cash Flow from

Operating Activities

$52.6 m

$40.2m

on prior financial year

* PGW paid a 4.5 cps interim dividend and declared a 5.5 cps final dividend

Operating

Revenue of

$1.1b

$4.9m or 46%

on prior financial year

Net Profit After

Tax (‘NPAT’) of

$15.6 m

Operating

EBITDA of

$64.3m


$8.2m or

15%

on prior financial year

$99.0m or 10%

on prior financial year

Earnings

Per Share of

cents per

share (cps)

6.5 cps

on prior financial year

20.6

Three Roads Orchard owned by Craigmore

Sustainables Ltd, near Edgecumbe, Bay of Plenty

Operating EBITDA: Earnings before net interest and foreign exchange items, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, the results from discontinued
operations, impairment and fair value adjustments and non-operating items. PGW has used non-GAAP profit measures when discussing financial

performance in this document. Please refer to our full accounts for details of how Operating EBITDA relates to GAAP. For a comprehensive

discussion on the use of non-GAAP profit measures, please refer to the policy “Non-GAAP Accounting Information” available on our website

(www.pggwrightson.co.nz).

Other: Other (non-operating segment) relates to certain Group Corporate activities including Governance, Finance, Treasury, Risk and Assurance,

and other support services (including corporate property services and marketing).

10

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

11

Operating Revenue

FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26

1000

800

600

400

200

0

455

401

390

355

405

$ million

First Half Second Half

619

552

586

561

570

1,074

953

976

916

975

Net Profit After Tax

FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

16

24

18

3

Full Year

$ million

11

FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26

100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

103

-50

41

-17

60

-35

65

43

-7

-31

$ million

53

24

26

58

12

1st Half 2nd Half Full Year

2026 FINANCIAL YEAR

Financial

Performance

Whakaaturanga Pūtea

Operating Cash Flow

Chris Lambert, PGW Technical Specialist -

Technical Team monitors a potato crop for

pests and diseases in Pukekohe, Auckland.

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26

$ million

54

41

Retail & Water

Agency

44

52

2922

-9

-7

16

12

-9-9

Other

Full Year Operating EBITDA

42

23

-9

64

67

61

44

56

Operating EBITDA

Net Interest-Bearing Debt (NIBD) Development
June 2024 – June 2025

90.0

80.0

70.0

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0

$ million

June 2024

NIBD

Operating

EBITDA

Interest &

FX Items

Tax

Payments

Working

Capital

Movements

(excl.

GO-STOCK)

GO-STOCK

Movements

Asset

Purchases

Asset

Disposals

Lease

Principal

Repayment

Dividends

Paid

Other June 2025

NIBD

59.2

- 56.1

10.4

17.4

–

22.6

2.7

1. 9

29.1

-2.8

85.6

1.2

Increase Decrease Total

Net Interest-Bearing Debt (NIBD) Development

June 2025 – June 2026

90.0

80.0

70.0

60.0

50.0

40.0

30.0

20.0

10.0

0.0

$ million

85.6

- 64.3

10.1

2.2

5.7

19.7

-8.2

6.5

7.0

-1.5

1.288.0

Increase Decrease Total

24.0

Working

Capital

Movements

(excl.

GO-STOCK)

June 2025

NIBD

Operating

EBITDA

Interest &

FX Items

Tax

Payments

GO-STOCK

Movements

Asset

Purchases

Nexan

Acquisition

Asset

Disposals

Lease

Principal

Repayment

Dividends

Paid

Other June 2026

NIBD

Financial Performance | continued

12

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

13

Total Shareholder Return

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

$

2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026

Total Shareholder Return

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

PGW TSR +44.6%

NZX50G +25.5%

2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026

PGW TSR vs NZX50G (indexed to 100) from 13 August 2019 (post share consolidation) to 30 June 2026.PGW share price from 13 August 2019 (post share consolidation) to 30 June 2026.

PGW TSR (Inc Dividends) NZX50G

Share Price

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

1514

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Chair and Chief

Executive Officer’s

Report

Te Pūrongo a te Heamana me te Tumuaki

Haymaking in the Waikato on a

summer evening, photographed by

Carolyn Smith for the 2025

PGW LandMarks Photo Collection.

Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report
ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

1716

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Retail & Water Group & Agency Group trading performance | Te Mahi Tauhokohoko

This marks the first time PGW has exceeded $1 billion in revenue since the divestment of PGG

Wrightson Seeds in 2019, which is a positive indicator of the continued growth in our business.

PGW's Retail & Water and Agency groups delivered improved results in FY26, underpinned by

favourable commodity prices across several sectors and stronger farmer confidence, which

encouraged increased farm and orchard investment throughout the rural economy.

Our Retail & Water Group achieved a new high in revenue, delivering growth across most

business units. Improved confidence in the sheep, beef, dairy, and horticulture sectors

contributed to increased customer spending throughout the year. Rural Supplies delivered a

strong result, aided by favourable market conditions and sales execution across the business.

Farmer confidence remained positive across most sectors, encouraging increased on-farm

spending and investment. Fruitfed Horticulture (previously Fruitfed Supplies) experienced a

solid year, with increased revenue driven by robust kiwifruit activity and continued investment

across the sector, despite ongoing challenges in viticulture and arable farming.

Agritrade also performed positively, reflecting growth in agri-chemical sales, the successful

integration of Nexan, and continued focus on supply chain efficiency and operational

execution.

Our Agency Group delivered another strong result, supported by favourable red meat and dairy

prices, improving conditions within the wool sector, and a buoyant rural Real Estate market.

Livestock was the standout performer during the year, benefitting from historically high

sheep, cattle, and dairy prices, favourable international demand for red meat, improved farm

profitability, and renewed farmer confidence. The wool sector also experienced renewed

optimism, with strengthening prices and greater industry collaboration contributing to

improved market conditions. Real Estate delivered an improved result as activity increased

across rural, lifestyle, and residential markets. Demand for dairy and horticultural properties

grew significantly, helped by improved farm economics, lower interest rates, and renewed

buyer confidence.

Both operating groups remained focused on helping customers, strengthening market

positions, and investing in initiatives that will create sustainable long-term growth.

PGG Wrightson Limited (PGW, the Group, or the Company) delivered Operating

Revenue for the year ended 30 June 2026 of $1.1 billion, up $99.0 million or 10% on FY25.

Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and Amortisation (Operating EBITDA) of

$64.3 million, was up $8.2 million or 15% on the prior year’s result. Net profit after tax

(NPAT) was $15.6 million, up $4.9 million or 46%.

A Favourable

Result in Improving

Markets

Financial Performance | Whakaaturanga Pūtea

2026 $m2025 $m2024 $m2023 $m2022 $m

Operating Revenue1,074.4975.3915.9975.7952.7

Gross Profit286.9255.0235.7252.8248.5

Operating EBITDA64.356.144.261.267.2

Net Profit After Tax15.610.73.117.524.3

Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities52.612.457.725.523.7

2026 cps2025 cps2024 cps2023 cps2022 cps

Earnings per share20.614.14.123.232.2

Improved farm gate

returns

Increased revenue resulting from

improved farmer confidence.

Supporting on-farm investment

and spend.

John Nichol

Chair

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
18

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

19

Market conditions | Ngā Āhuatanga o te Mākete

The Ministry for Primary Industries forecast New Zealand's food and fibre sector to

deliver record export revenue of $64.3 billion, a 6% increase in the year to 30 June

2026. This increase has been driven by strong global demand for New Zealand’s

agricultural produce, which has been reflected in higher returns.

The red meat sector experienced an exceptional year, with beef and lamb prices

supported by tight global supply and strong international demand. Meat and wool

export revenue was forecast to increase by 14% to $14.1 billion, while sheep and

beef farm profitability rebounded strongly. Dairy remained a standout performer,

underpinned by a strong milk payout and the capital return to Fonterra farmer

shareholders following the sale of Mainland Group.

Horticulture continued its positive momentum, led by kiwifruit and apples. These

crops benefited from favourable growing conditions, high production volumes, and

healthy export demand, with kiwifruit export revenue forecast to increase 16% to

$4.8 billion. Although the performance of the apple industry is generally positive, with

good crop quality and strong demand supporting grower confidence, returns and

prospects vary by variety, with not all cultivars benefiting equally from current market

conditions.

In contrast, arable producers continued to face margin pressure from elevated input

costs and weather-related challenges, whereas the wine industry is adjusting to the

effects of global oversupply leading to elevated inventory levels and subdued market

conditions in response to changing consumption habits.

The wool sector showed signs of recovery, supported by improving demand and

prices for stronger wool and growing interest in natural fibres.

Activity in the rural property market also strengthened, with lower interest rates,

improved farm incomes, and renewed buyer confidence contributing to increased

demand for quality properties.

Farmer confidence remained positive during FY26, buoyed by stronger commodity

prices and improved farm profitability. Many farmers used the enhanced cash flow

environment to reduce debt and strengthen balance sheets, while confidence in

future profitability supported renewed investment decisions. However, global trade

uncertainty, including tariff policies, geopolitical tensions in the Middle East, and

higher fuel, freight, and fertiliser costs weighed on confidence later in the financial

year. While these pressures challenged farmer and grower margins, elevated

commodity returns helped offset much of the impact and supported a generally

positive outlook for the agricultural sector.

Our people | Ā Mātau Tāngata

At 30 June 2026, PGW had 1,532 permanent and temporary (fixed term) employees.

PGW also engaged 146 casual employees, 160 commission agents, and three

specialist consultants, bringing the total staff headcount to 1,841.

We continued to make strong progress against the pillars of our People and Safety

Strategy, with a focus on building leadership capability, supporting organisational

change, and strengthening the systems and processes that underpin employee

experience.

A pleasing development was the introduction of Coaching Workshops to empower

leaders with practical tools and techniques to support the ongoing growth and

development of their teams. We launched our Core Skills training programme,

providing emerging and established leaders with opportunities to build capability in

critical people processes.

The team supported several strategic business reviews and organisational changes,

including substantial transformation within Group Technology. Alongside this, we

successfully navigated legislative changes relating to KiwiSaver and Employment

Relations and completed the migration of our payroll system to a cloud-based

platform. Our online learning platform is nearing completion of a comprehensive

upgrade that will provide greater functionality and expand learning opportunities for

our people.

Meat and wool export

revenue to increase by

14%

to 14.1 billion in the year

to 30 June 2026

PGW recorded a total

staff headcount of

1,841

at 30 June 2026

Ministry for Primary Industries

forecast:

New Zealand's food and fibre

sector to deliver record

export revenue of

$64.3b

a 6% increase in the year

to 30 June 2026

Matariki Hereford's Annual Sale,

near Kaikōura, North Canterbury.

Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
20

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

21

Cash flows from investing activities were $24.5 million, an increase of $10.3 million

versus the prior comparative period. This included $19.7 million in respect of the Nexan

Group acquisition, along with fixed asset and intangible purchases of $6.6 million,

partially offset by proceeds from fixed asset disposals totalling $1.6 million.

Net interest-bearing debt (NIBD) was $2.4 million higher than the prior comparative

period at $88.0 million, reflecting the strong operating cash flows and the deliberate

strategic investments undertaken during the year. The 30 June 2026 NIBD includes the

$19.7 million acquisition of Nexan on 31 July 2025, along with an additional $7.0 million

investment in GO-STOCK receivables, both funded by debt. On a comparable basis,

excluding the Nexan acquisition and the increase in GO-STOCK receivables, NIBD would

have been $61.3 million.

During the year, PGW reviewed and extended its syndicated banking facilities through

to September 2029, increasing available facility limits from $185 million up to $265

million and providing additional flexibility to support growth, particularly for GO-STOCK.

Distributions | Ngā Utu Whaipānga

A FY26 interim dividend of 4.5 cents per share was paid in April 2026.

The Board has declared a fully imputed final dividend of 5.5 cents per share. The

dividend will be paid on 6 October 2026 to shareholders on PGW’s share register as at

5pm on 11 September 2026. This will bring the total fully imputed dividends for the

year to 10 cents per share.

Max Rewards loyalty programme | Whiwhinga Mōrahi pono hōtaka

The Max Rewards loyalty programme continues to foster customer value by developing

and strengthening customer relationships through positive experiences and customer

journeys.

With increased collaboration across the business, the Max Rewards programme saw

continued growth throughout FY26. The team's focus remains on both acquisition

and retention initiatives that support our customers and our internal teams. Through

targeted campaigns and ongoing benefits, we aim to attract new members, increase

active engagement, and encourage long-term membership. These efforts enable

more PGW customers to access the benefits of the Max Rewards programme while

deepening their connection with the PGW brand.

PGW celebrates 175 years | Ka whakanuia te 175 tau e PGW

For 175 years PGW has supported rural communities through changing seasons,

technologies, and innovations. That experience is the foundation of how we serve our

customers today, and how we look ahead to what comes next.

Our story is woven into the history of New Zealand agriculture. From stock and

station services to wool, rural and horticultural supplies, research, and real estate, our

legacy has continually adapted to meet the needs of farmers and growers. Strong

relationships, practical expertise, and a deep understanding of rural life form the

backbone of our team's work today. The trust that has been earned over generations

remains central to our business.

Our proud heritage is something we carry forward, and the same spirit that helped rural

New Zealand grow then is what drives us now. Please visit pages 2 to 5 to find out more

about how we have innovated over the years.

Health, Safety, and Wellbeing | Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora

We continued to strengthen our Health, Safety, and Wellbeing framework throughout

the year, with a focus on supporting safer outcomes across the business, and we have

been pleased to see a reduction in lost time injuries.

Several key standards were developed and implemented, including Critical Risk

Management, Contractor Management, and Hazard Identification and Management.

We are expanding our formal Health Monitoring programme to ensure any workplace

exposures are not having long-term impacts on employee health. Management

commissioned an independent assessment, using a nationally recognised framework,

to provide an objective review of health and safety leadership, worker engagement

and risk management practices across PGW. These initiatives support our ongoing

commitment to continuous improvement and strengthening our safety culture.

As our approach to Health, Safety, and Wellbeing reporting continues to mature,

particularly in relation to Critical Risk Management, we are encouraged by the positive

trends emerging across our Health, Safety, and Wellbeing performance data. Most

notably, we have seen a reduction in the severity of reported events, resulting in a 3.5%

reduction in our Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR) compared with the

previous year.

Sustainability | Toitūtanga

PGW continues to support sustainable transformation across New Zealand's agricultural

and horticultural sectors, while responding proactively to an evolving regulatory

environment. During FY26, PGW worked through the implications of legislative change,

including modifications to the Climate-Related Disclosures reporting thresholds. In

response, the PGW Board reaffirmed its commitment to climate transparency and

accountability through the continuation of voluntary reporting aligned with the New

Zealand Climate Standards.

Alongside the Annual Report, PGW has released its Sustainability Report and Climate

Statement 2026. This reflects our third year of climate-related reporting and an

evolution in our management of climate-related risks and opportunities. PGW is pleased

to report a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions of 23% against the FY21 baseline,

driven primarily by ongoing improvements to fleet efficiency and operational emissions

management. During the year, PGW expanded its low-emissions fleet by increasing the

number of hybrid vehicles to 106 and introducing an electric vehicle (EV ) option. The

initiative has already seen uptake from early adopters, supported with in-home charging

infrastructure.

FY26 also saw further progress in strengthening responsible business practices across

our value chain. PGW expanded its supplier due diligence programme through the

wider rollout to suppliers, positioning the business for anticipated modern slavery

reporting requirements. Looking ahead, PGW will continue to focus on practical

decarbonisation initiatives, including the delivery of a strategic rooftop solar

photovoltaic installation programme across selected sites, supporting emissions

reduction, energy resilience, and long-term value creation.

Cash flow and debt | Te Kapewhiti me te Nama

PGW generated strong operating cash flows of $52.6 million during FY26, an increase

of $40.2 million on the prior year of $12.4 million, reflecting the improved financial

performance of the business along with favourable working capital movements versus

the prior year. The Group saw a further $7.0 million growth in GO-STOCK receivables. Tax

payments were $2.2 million higher.

Max Rewards loyalty

programme now offering over

2,500

catalogue products to members.

PGW celebrates its support of

rural communities, through

changing seasons, technologies,

and innovations for

175

YEARS

For the first time

PGW has exceeded

$1.0b

in revenue since the divestment

of PGG Wrightson Seeds in 2019

Continuing voluntary

climate reporting

beyond regulatory

requirements

Our third year of climate-related

reporting and an evolution in our

management of climate-related risks

and opportunities.

PGW reports a 23%

reduction of greenhouse

gas emissions – since

FY21 baseline

Expanded our low-emissions fleet by

increasing the number of hybrid

vehicles to 106

.

Improvements to fleet efficiency and

operational emissions management.

Chair and Chief Executive Officer's Report | continued
22

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

23

John Nichol

Chair

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

Outlook | Matapae

New Zealand's agricultural sector enters FY27 from a

position of relative strength, driven by healthy international

demand and favourable conditions across many key sectors.

Strong returns in red meat, dairy, and horticulture continue

to provide positive momentum for rural New Zealand,

enhancing farm and orchard profitability, increasing

investment and driving growth.

Conditions are expected to remain favourable across many

key sectors. Demand for red meat, dairy, and horticultural

products continues to underpin farm and orchard

profitability and investment, while farmer confidence

remains resilient despite concerns about rising input costs.

Dairy farmers enter FY27 in a favourable position, with

firm milk prices, healthy farm cash flows, and continued

international demand expected to support investment and

productivity across the sector.

The horticulture sector is forecast to see further growth, led

by continued expansion in kiwifruit and pipfruit exports.

Ongoing orchard development, growing export demand,

and attractive grower returns should encourage investment

and support sector growth. Viticulture and arable farming

are likely to remain challenging in the near term. Wine

producers continue to navigate global oversupply, softer

demand, and lower returns, while arable growers face

persistent cost pressures and tight margins.

Election year dynamics may contribute to a degree of

caution in parts of the rural economy, particularly the rural

property market. However, quality listings continue to come

forward and, with momentum across several key sectors,

market activity is expected to remain steady through the

spring and summer selling season.

The recently signed New Zealand-India Free Trade

Agreement provides additional optimism for future growth

through improved market access opportunities for a range

of primary products.

While the outlook is positive and we have seen a pleasing

start to FY27, some challenges remain in a more complex

operating environment. Looking ahead, geopolitical

tensions, supply chain disruption, and higher input cost

pressures continue to present risks, squeezing margins

across the sector. However, New Zealand producers have

consistently demonstrated an ability to adapt to changing

conditions, and many businesses are expected to focus on

improving efficiency, managing costs, and responding to

evolving market opportunities.

El Niño conditions present additional uncertainty for the

season ahead, with warmer and drier weather forecast

for some regions. This may affect pasture growth,

water availability, and crop production, increasing feed

requirements and operating costs. However, impacts

on competing global production regions could support

demand for New Zealand exports.

Backed by our deep technical capability, a commitment

to innovation, and strong customer partnerships, PGW is

well positioned to support customers through changing

conditions and benefit from opportunities across New

Zealand's agricultural and horticultural sectors.

Governance changes | Ngā Panonitanga Mana Whakahaere

At the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting on 14 October 2025,

shareholders voted against the re-election of Independent

Chair, Garry Moore, and Independent Deputy Chair, Sarah

Brown. Later that day John Nichol joined the PGW Board

as an independent director and a member of the Audit

Committee. On 16 October 2025, he was appointed Chair.

On 1 July 2026, Mark Allison was appointed a non-

independent director. Mr Allison is the Managing Director

and CEO of Elders, a substantial product holder in PGW. Mr

Allison is expected to retire as Managing Director and CEO

of Elders on or around 30 September 2026.

Acknowledgements | Ngā whakamihi

The achievements of the past year reflect the dedication,

expertise, and commitment of our nationwide team. We

thank our people for the support they provide to our

customers, rural communities, and each other every day.

We extend our sincere thanks to our customers and

suppliers for their ongoing loyalty, trust, and partnership.

Finally, we thank our shareholders for their continued

confidence in PGW. We remain focused on delivering

sustainable growth and long-term value while supporting

the success of New Zealand's primary sector.

PGW Group

Strategy & Performance

Measures

Rautaki Rōpū a PGW

Our strategy continues to guide

investment and decision-making

across the Group, providing

a framework for investment,

innovation, and growth. During

FY26 we made further progress

on several initiatives designed

to strengthen our customer

offering, build technical capability,

and support long-term growth,

enhancing PGW’s position as a

trusted partner to New Zealand’s

farmers and growers.

During the year, we made further progress against several strategic

initiatives introduced as part of our growth agenda. The integration

of the Nexan business has progressed well, with our Nexan and PGW

teams working together to leverage their complementary strengths.

The acquisition has bolstered our animal health capability, expanded

our proprietary product portfolio, and reinforced our commitment

to delivering innovative solutions that support productivity and

performance.

Blue AG™, our private label agri-chemical range, completed its first

full season of trading. Early adoption has been encouraging, with

strong engagement from our Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Horticulture

teams. Blue AG enhances supply chain resilience, provides customers

with greater choice, and strengthens PGW’s ability to deliver a

differentiated and competitive agronomy offering.

Another key milestone has been the bedding in of our Hastings

Research Station. Established to strengthen our technical capability

and innovation pipeline, the facility is already delivering valuable

technical and commercial insights.

Together, these initiatives demonstrate how we are bringing our

strategic priorities to life, investing in capabilities that create long-

term value.

RESEARCH STATION

98 TRIALS NATIONWIDE

WITH 42 AT THE STATION

FIRST TRADING

SEASON

ACQUISITION

& INTEGRATION

GROUP HIGHLIGHTS

24
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

25

EBIT KPI : Normalised Earnings Before

Interest and Tax target of 10% normalised

growth over a three-year rolling cycle.

Safety KPI :

Continuous annual

improvement in PGW’s Total Recordable

Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR).

Customer Experience KPI :


Continuous annual improvement

in PGW’s NPS measures.

91.4%

3.5%

111.1%

8.1%

20.6

cps

1. FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE MEASURES

2. SAFETY PERFORMANCE

3. CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

Strategic

Performance Measures

Our FY26 results reflect disciplined progress across the three

strategic Performance Measures that contribute to our long-term

success: financial performance, safety performance, and the

experience we deliver to our customers.

FY26 Result: Growth of 91.4% over the three-year rolling cycle reflecting the significant increase in earnings.

FY26 Result: PGW recorded a 3.5% reduction in our TRIFR compared with the previous year.

FY26 Result: Independent market research has confirmed a significant 111.1% year-on-year

increase in PGW’s Group NPS compared to FY25.

These performance measures are tracked to assess our progress against our

business objectives and identify opportunities for continuous improvement. By

monitoring and analysing a range of key performance indicators (KPIs), we can

better understand how effectively we are delivering outcomes for our stakeholders.

Ensuring our people return home safe and well each day is a collective priority and

we are committed to building a stronger safety-focused culture. As our approach to

Health, Safety, and Wellbeing reporting continues to mature, particularly in relation

to Critical Risk Management, we are encouraged by the positive trends emerging

across our Health, Safety, and Wellbeing performance data.

Given the importance of customer experience to sustainable business

performance, we focus on continuous improvement in our Group Net Promoter

Score (NPS). NPS is a widely used measure of customer satisfaction and loyalty,

based on a customer’s willingness to recommend a business to others.

ROCE KPI: Target 10% growth in

Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)

over a three-year rolling cycle.

FY26 Result: Average of 8.1% over the three-year rolling cycle impacted by the tough market conditions

experienced in FY24.

EPS KPI: Earnings Per Share (EPS)

target for FY26 of 15.7 cps.

FY26 Result: Exceeded the Earnings Per Share target with 20.6 cps, benefiting from a much-improved

operating result across our Rural Supplies, Livestock, and Real Estate businesses.

26
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

27

Wilson LiuU Kean SengDr Charlotte Severne

John NicholMark Allison

2026

Board of Directors

Te Poari Tumuaki

John Nichol

CA

Chair, Independent Director

John Nichol was appointed Chair of the PGG Wrightson Limited

Board on 16 October 2025, after joining the board as an Independent

Director on 14 October 2025. He is also a member of PGG Wrightson

Limited's Audit Committee. John was a PGG Wrightson Limited

director and a member of the Audit Committee from 22 October

2013 to 30 April 2019.

John was a chartered accountant from 2002 to 2013. He has been

Managing Director of Optica Life Accessories Ltd since 2002 and

Chair since 2013. Prior to that he held a number of executive roles

within the banking and finance sector and for 10 years he was

Managing Director of investment company, Broadway Industries Ltd.

He has been director of a number of businesses within the primary

sector including Slink Skins (NZ) Ltd, Fortex Group Ltd, New Zealand

Salmon Company Ltd, Alpine Dairy Products Ltd, NZ Vet Limited,

Woolfill Corporation (NZ) Ltd, New Zealand Dairy Board, New Zealand

Merino Company Ltd, and Craigpine Timber Ltd. He has also been a

director of a number of significant other New Zealand businesses,

including New Zealand Post Ltd and State Insurance Ltd.

Mark Allison

B.Agr.Sc, B.Econ, GDM, FAICD, AMP (HBS), DUniv (hc) (Adel)

Director

Mark Allison was appointed to the PGG Wrightson Limited Board on

1 July 2026.

He joined Elders Limited as a Non-Executive Director in November

2009, served as Chairman and Executive Chairman, before being

appointed Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer in May

2014.

Mark’s more than 40 years agribusiness career spans technical,

manufacturing, supply and distribution roles and businesses. Previous

roles include Managing Director/CEO of GrainGrowers Limited,

Jeminex Limited, Farmoz Pty Ltd, Wesfarmers Landmark Limited,

Wesfarmers CSBP Limited, CropCare Australasia Pty Ltd, and General

Manager of Incitec Fertilisers.

Mark is a member of the Australasian Rabobank Food and Agriculture

Advisory Board. He was the previous Chair of Agribusiness Australia,

the Agrifood and Wine Advisory Board of the University of Adelaide,

AuctionsPlus, CropLife, Agsafe, the APVMA, as well as several other

agricultural, industrial, and safety businesses. On 19 September

2023 he was awarded an Honorary Doctorate from the University of

Adelaide for his experience and lifelong contribution to agriculture

and agribusiness.

Mark is from far North Queensland, and is a passionate advocate of

agriculture, and regional and rural communities.

Wilson Liu

B.Com, CA, CPA

Independent Director

Wilson Liu was appointed to the PGG Wrightson Limited Board on

1 July 2025 as an Independent Director. He is also Chair of the Audit

Committee.

Wilson has over 30 years of professional experience in providing audit

and business advisory services. Wilson started his career with PwC in

Hong Kong and Melbourne. He retired from PwC in July 2020 with 23

years’ experience as audit partner.

He has extensive governance experience as a member of the

Governance Board of PwC Greater China and Singapore; he was

President of CPA Australia North China and is currently a Council

Member. Wilson is an independent non-executive Director of Foran

Energy Group Co., Limited (SZSE), Valuetronics Holdings Limited

(SGX), and Guotai Junan International Holdings Limited (SEHK).

Wilson received a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University

of Western Australia and is a member of the Chartered Accountants

Australia and New Zealand. He is also a fellow member of CPA

Australia and the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

As a resident of Hong Kong, he currently splits his time between

Hong Kong and Melbourne.

U Kean Seng

LLB (Hons), B.Ec

Director

U Kean Seng was appointed to the PGG Wrightson Limited Board on

4 December 2012. He is also a member of the Audit Committee.

He is a Barrister and Solicitor, Supreme Court of Victoria, Australia;

Advocate and Solicitor, Supreme Court of Singapore and Solicitor of

England and Wales.

U Kean Seng previously practiced as a partner at Singaporean law

firm, Shooklin & Bok LLP, focused on East Asia, and he led a corporate

finance team in Allen & Overy Shooklin & Bok, JLV, an international

law venture partnership with London based Allen & Overy LLP. He has

been an Independent and non-executive Director of several public

listed corporations.

U Kean Seng received a Bachelor of Laws (Honours) degree from

Monash University Australia, and is also a qualified economist, having

completed his degree majoring in Economics and Accounting, B.Ec at

Monash University, Australia.

Dr Charlotte Severne

MSc, PhD (Geology), ONZM

Independent Director

Dr Charlotte Severne (Tūwharetoa, Tūhoe) was appointed to the

PGG Wrightson Limited Board on 18 June 2021 as an Independent

Director. She is also Chair of PGG Wrightson's Health, Safety and

Environment Committee.

Charlotte was a commercial scientist and executive for 20 years. She

is the Chair of NZ Forest Managers and was Deputy Vice Chancellor at

both Lincoln and Massey Universities.

In 2017 she received an ONZM for her contribution to Science and

Māori. In 2018 she was appointed the Māori Trustee, with various

governance and agency roles for whenua Māori across New Zealand.

28
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

29

Stephen GuerinNick BerryJulian Daly

Sarah MearsPeter NewboldPeter Scott Rachel Shearer

2026

Executive Team

Ngā Kaihautū

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

Stephen was appointed Chief

Executive Officer (CEO) of PGG

Wrightson Limited in June

2019. Stephen is a director

of several Group subsidiaries

and a Director of the PGG

Wrightson Employee Benefits

Plan Trustee Limited. He holds

a Bachelor of Business Studies

(Accounting) from Massey

University and is a Chartered

Member of the Institute of

Directors and Chartered

Accountants Australia & New

Zealand. Stephen also holds

external governance roles as

a Director of Safer Farms, a

Director of the Primary ITO,

and a director and Chair on a

community charity board.

Prior to this appointment as

CEO, Stephen was responsible

for all aspects of the Retail &

Water business which includes

the Rural Supplies, Fruitfed

Horticulture, Water, and

Agritrade businesses. He has

worked for PGG Wrightson

Limited and its predecessor

companies since 1988.

Nick Berry

General Manager Retail & Water

Nick was appointed General

Manager Retail & Water in

August 2019. Nick joined PGG

Wrightson Limited as New

Business Growth Manager for

Agritrade in 2014 and through

his five-year period with

Agritrade he grew the business

substantially. Before joining

PGG Wrightson Limited, Nick

was General Manager for RD1

for eight years and prior to that,

National Operations Manager.

Nick has an extensive track

record of experience at general

management level. Nick’s

strengths include leadership,

business management, and a

strong sales and service focus,

backed by an affinity for retail

and the agribusiness sector.

Julian Daly

General Manager Corporate Affairs

Julian is responsible

for the Group Strategy,

Marketing, Legal, Corporate

Communications, Business

Services, and Investor Relations

functions for PGG Wrightson

Limited. He is also Company

Secretary and previously held

a number of responsibilities

including, General Manager

of PGG Wrightson Real Estate

Limited and Internal Audit.

Julian has broad operational

involvement across the

business and is Chair of the

Credit Committee and Risk

and Compliance Committee,

director of several Group

subsidiaries and a Director of

the PGG Wrightson Employee

Benefits Plan Trustee Limited.

He is a former General Counsel

of DB Breweries Limited and

has previously worked for law

firms in the Middle East and

New Zealand. Outside of his

PGG Wrightson role, Julian

also has held a number of

governance and voluntary

positions, including as a

Director of Trade Aid New

Zealand, Chair of Selwyn House

School and as a Citizens Advice

Bureau community lawyer.

Sarah Mears

General Manager People & Safety

Sarah joined PGG Wrightson

Limited in 2011 and was

appointed General Manager

People & Safety in August

2024. Sarah is responsible for

the design and delivery of

our Group People & Safety

strategy through leadership of

our Health, Safety & Wellbeing,

Human Resources Business

Partnering, and Human

Resources Shared Services

teams. She provided direct

Human Resources Business

Partnering services and

leadership across all Business

Units before moving into her

current role.

Sarah is a former Area Human

Resources Manager for

Intercontinental Hotel Group,

where she spent 15 years in

generalist Human Resources

and Learning Development

roles which saw her work and

travel across New Zealand,

Australia, and Southeast Asia.

Peter Newbold

General Manager Livestock

& Real Estate

Peter is General Manager

Livestock & Real Estate. Peter

has led the PGG Wrightson

Limited Real Estate business

since September 2013 and

he took responsibility for PGG

Wrightson Limited Livestock

in October 2020. Peter was

previously General Manager

of New Zealand Sotheby’s

International Realty.

Peter was employed by

Wrightson Limited from

1995 to 2005 during which

time he held a range of roles

including Marketing Manager

and Business Development

Manager. Prior to this, he had

an extensive career in retail

ownership management and

franchising.

Peter Scott

Chief Financial Officer

Peter was appointed as PGG

Wrightson Limited’s Chief

Financial Officer in March 2015

and leads the finance and

technology functions. Peter

started his career at Fletcher

Challenge and has broad

multinational experience,

having spent five years in

Scandinavia where he was the

Vice President of Accounting

and Tax for Norske Skog, a large

global newsprint and magazine

paper producer.

He relocated to Australia in

2005 and was appointed to

the lead finance role for the

Australasian region for Norske

Skog. In 2008 Peter joined

Gloucester Coal Limited, an

Australian Securities Exchange

listed mining company as

the Chief Financial Officer. In

2010 he joined the majority

shareholder Noble Group, a

leader in managing the supply

chain of agriculture, energy,

metals and mining resources,

headquartered in Hong Kong

and listed in Singapore. He was

the Chief Financial Officer for

Noble Group in Australia.

Rachel Shearer

General Manager Wool

Rachel was appointed General

Manager Wool in August 2024,

having joined PGG Wrightson

Limited as General Manager

People & Safety in 2016. She

leads a team focused on

delivering a more sustainable

and future-focused wool value

chain for New Zealand sheep

farmers and is responsible

for driving change across

procurement, logistics, sales,

and export. Rachel has a clear

focus on strengthening sector

resilience, improving outcomes

for growers, and positioning

New Zealand wool for long-

term relevance in global

markets.

A strategic and people-

centred leader, Rachel has

a background spanning

organisational transformation

and workforce strategy. She

brings deep experience in

leading change in complex

industries and has worked

in multiple international

economies. She is a member

of the Institute of Directors

and serves on a number of

subsidiary boards within the

PGG Wrightson Group.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

3130

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Mott’s Premium Produce harvesting parsnips

near Tangiwai, Manawatū-Whanganui.

The year in review

Te arotake i te tau

PGW has two operating groups: Retail & Water and Agency

E rua ngā rōpū whakahaere o PGW: Hokohoko me te Wai me te Umanga

32
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

33

Retail & Water Group

Rōpū Hokohoko me te Wai

Revenue

$

851. 2m

▲ $78.3m or ▲ 10%

Operating

EBITDA

$

44.5m

▲ $2.3m or ▲ 6%

The Retail & Water business

incorporates Rural Supplies,

Fruitfed Horticulture, Water,

and Agritrade. Retail & Water

recorded Operating Revenue of

$851.2 million, up $78.3 million

or 10% on FY25. Operating EBITDA

of $44.5 million improved $2.3

million, or 6% from the prior

year’s result.

Rose Barker, PGW Water Sales & Design Engineer, discusses the benefits of remotely

controlled irrigation systems on farm such as the Valley Agsense365 software via

Valley the ICON5 smart panel with Rick Wobben from Netherland Holdings near

Rangiora, Canterbury. Since this photo shoot, Rose has changed roles and

she is now a Technical Horticultural Representative located in Canterbury.

Rural SuppliesFruitfed HorticultureWater & Irrigation

Agritrade

The year in review | Retail & Water group continued
ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

3534

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

During the year, we remained focused on margin

management, inventory and working capital discipline.

The business strengthened capability through

initiatives such as the introduction of our new Blue AG

private label, the acquisition of Nexan, and the lease of

the research station in Hastings.

PGW acquired the Nexan Group, manufacturer of the

Nexan and Vetmed animal health brands, which have

been distributed through Agritrade to Rural Supplies

stores, rural merchants, and veterinary practices for

more than a decade. Nexan provides a strong strategic

fit to our reverse integration strategy and builds out

our animal health product offering. The acquisition

brings together a comprehensive animal health

portfolio, including Vetmed, Active+, Cervidae, Time

Capsule, and Apply Applicators, under one dedicated

team. This creates a stronger market presence and a

more cohesive range of animal health solutions for

farmers.

Blue AG represents a significant new initiative for

the business, with the first full season of trading now

underway following its launch earlier this year. The

initiative has established a portfolio of registered

agri-chemical active ingredients, supported by

complementary Rainbow products, improving supply

resilience and providing customers with greater choice

in a highly competitive market. Early adoption by

customers has been encouraging, with growing sales

momentum and strong engagement from frontline

teams. As the first season progresses, Blue AG is

laying a solid foundation for scalable growth, greater

procurement resilience, and long-term value creation.

Our R&D capability expanded through investment

in a dedicated research station in Hastings. This R&D

programme continued to demonstrate its value to the

business, with 98 trials successfully completed across

the country, including 42 trials at the Hastings site.

Our R&D work continues to strengthen our technical

knowledge, support innovation and commercial

decision-making, accelerate the delivery of evidence-

based solutions for farmers and growers, and reinforce

PGW's reputation as a leader in data-driven advice.

We launched the Fruitfed Agronomy Accreditation

programme, providing a structured pathway to

develop and recognise the technical capability of our

horticultural teams and further lifting the standard of

advice we provide to customers.

Our Blue Shed Diary podcast has become an effective

platform for sharing technical knowledge, industry

insights, and practical advice for our people, our

customers, and the sector.

Further investment in our network included the

opening of a new integrated retail, Real Estate, and

Regional office facility in Invercargill, located adjacent

to our Wool store. Progress is well underway at the

new Fruitfed Horticulture Hastings site which is due to

open in September 2026. These developments allow

us to better serve our customers and reinforce our

commitment to rural communities.

FY26 was a strong growth year for Retail & Water, with revenue and gross

margin both ahead of prior year results and the highest levels that have been

recorded for Retail & Water. Performance varied across the business units,

with Rural Supplies delivering record sales and earnings, whilst Fruitfed

Horticulture navigated a difficult viticulture market while protecting market

share, and Water delivering strong growth in a competitive market.

The year in review | Retail & Water Group continued

Conor Robertson, PGW Technical Field Rep, discusses parsnip quality and harvest

timing with Jeremy Mott, owner of Mott’s Premium Produce brand, near Tangiwai,

Manawatū-Whanganui. Since this photoshoot, Conor has relocated to Canterbury.

Jim Fuller, PGW Technical

Field Representative, and

Chris Roper, PGW Store

Manager, discuss the

benefits of using Nexan’s

Triplemax Oral low dose

triple combination drench

for sheep and cattle in the

Darfield Rural Supplies

store, Canterbury.

Highest levels of revenue

and gross margin recorded

Rural Supplies delivered record sales

and earnings.

Water delivered strong growth in a

competitive market

.

The year in review | Retail & Water Group continued
36

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

37

Zespri Orchard Gate Returns ($/tray)

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

Average orchard gate returns ($/tray)

Source: Zespri

2015-162016-172017-182018-192019-202020-212021-222022-232023-242024-252025-26

Green ($/tray) SunGold ($/tray)

Grape and Wine Production (tonnes and litres)

550

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

550

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

Thousand tonnes

Source: MPI, New Zealand Winegrowers, and Stats NZ.

Million litres

2015201620172018201920202021202220232024202520262027202820292030

Grape production (thousand tonnes) Wine production (million litres)

ActualForecast

Year to 30 June

Rural Supplies | Ngā Whakaratonga Taiwhenua

Rural Supplies delivered record sales and profit,

supported by favourable market conditions and sales

execution across the business. Farmer confidence

remained positive across most sectors, encouraging

increased on-farm spending and investment. There

was greater willingness to reinvest in infrastructure,

maintenance, productivity improvements, and farm

development, driving demand across categories

including animal health, water, fencing, and pasture

renewal. Elevated demand created supply pressure

in some categories, requiring close management

of inventory and supplier relationships to maintain

customer service levels.

While trading conditions were generally favourable,

market conditions varied by sector. Sheep and beef

continued to perform well, while dairy farmers remained

measured in their investment decisions, and the arable

sector continued to face profitability pressures, creating

both challenges and future opportunities as land-use

patterns evolve.

Fruitfed Horticulture | Ngā Whakaratonga ā-Huawhenua

Fruitfed Horticulture experienced a solid year, with

increased revenue despite challenging conditions

across parts of the horticultural sector. Continued focus

on customer relationships and corporate accounts

drove growth and helped maintain market share in a

competitive environment.

Market conditions varied across sectors during the

year. The kiwifruit sector remained a key contributor

to performance, underpinned by ongoing orchard

development and continued investment across the

industry. The grape and wine sector remains subdued,

with a reduced harvest and lower wine production

impacting demand across several product categories.

Arable farming has also experienced lower returns,

continuing to constrain margins.

Fruitfed Horticulture continued to invest in technical

capability, research and development, and industry

engagement, reinforcing its position as a trusted partner

to growers. We advanced our nutrition and biologicals

strategy through increased focus on technical capability

and customer-led solutions, supporting growers'

productivity and sustainability objectives.


Strengthening international market

demand for kiwifruit and apples.

Wine exports revenue stable with

growth in export volume offsetting

lower prices.

Arable impacted by tight margins

and high costs.

Strong kiwifruit

and pipfruit returns

Steve Wood, Fruitfed Horticulture Representative, assessing canopy growth and

vine training with Ashdon Reid, owner of Good Crops, at Three Roads Orchard

owned by Craigmore Sustainables Kiwifruit Ltd, near Edgecumbe, Bay of Plenty.

38
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

39

PGW Water Branch in Rangiora,

North Canterbury.

Lamb drenching at Marble Point Station, Canterbury,

with Matt Black using VETMED Triplemax iTape Oral.

Water & Irrigation | Te Wai me te Whakamākūkū

The Water business delivered a pleasing sales result,

driven by increased irrigation, pumping, and service

activity, reinforcing the team’s reputation for project

delivery and customer support.

The team successfully delivered a range of projects

while maintaining its focus on safety, operational

performance, and customer service. Trading conditions

remained competitive and continued to be influenced

by confidence and investment levels within the dairy

sector.

A continued focus on inventory, debtors, and

working capital management supported cash flow

performance. Supply chain constraints, including

increased disruption from the Middle East conflict, and

project scheduling pressures created challenges across

parts of the business.

Agritrade | Tauhokohoko Ahuwhenua

Agritrade delivered strong growth in agri-chemicals

during FY26 and benefited from the integration of

Nexan, strengthening our position in the animal

health market. Working alongside Rural Supplies and

Fruitfed Horticulture, the business remained focused on

supply chain efficiency, pricing discipline, and margin

management while navigating freight cost inflation,

product mix, and seasonal demand variability.

Geopolitical instability contributed to higher

international freight costs and ongoing supply chain

disruption, creating pressure on margins and the

cost of imported products. Despite these challenges,

Agritrade maintained a resilient supply chain through

proactive inventory management, strong supplier

relationships, and disciplined operational execution.

Continued investment in warehouse optimisation,

freight-partner management, and distribution

capability improved efficiency and service levels across

our network.

The year in review | Retail & Water Group continued

Jon Petherick, Technical Manager – Agritrade, develops

new animal health products for New Zealand farmers in

the R&D Laboratory at Nexan, Auckland.

Revenue
$

221.5m

▲ $20.5m or ▲ 10%

Operating

EBITDA

$

29.0 m

▲ $5.5m or ▲ 23%

Our Agency Group incorporates

the Livestock, Wool, and Real

Estate businesses. Operating

Revenue was $221.5 million, up

$20.5 million or 10% on the prior

year’s result. Operating EBITDA

of $29.0 million, was up by a

notable $5.5 million or 23%.

40

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

41

Agency Group

Rōpū umanga

Keegan Gray, PGW Livestock Representative, discusses that the quality

of the lambs will be ideal for finishing with Gerard Scott at Meikleburn

Station’s on-farm cattle and lamb sale, near Fairlie, South Canterbury.

LivestockWoolReal Estate

The year in review | Agency Group continued
42

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

43

Jun-22 Dec-22 Jun-23 Dec-23 Jun-24 Dec-24 Jun-25 Dec-25 Jun-26

1000

950

900

850

800

750

700

650

600

550

500

c/kg

Prime Steer & Heifer – 270-295kg-c/kg

Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights

All Grades Lamb – $/head

260

240

220

200

180

160

140

120

100

$/head

Jun-22 Dec-22 Jun-23 Dec-23 Jun-24 Dec-24 Jun-25 Dec-25 Jun-26

Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights

Livestock | Ngā Kararehe

Elevated livestock prices across sheep, cattle, and dairy markets

drove an outstanding financial result for the Livestock business.

Favourable international demand for red meat, improved farm

economics, stronger farmer confidence, and robust buying

interest from farmers and finishers underpinned performance.

Stud stock sales reached new heights, with an East Coast

Angus bull selling for $220,000. The dairy herd autumn sales

season featured buoyant stud and clearing auction results.

GO-STOCK continued to attract new customers, increasing the

number and value of livestock contracts written. By enabling

farmers to free up capital, the product provides greater

financial flexibility while strengthening long-term customer

growth and loyalty and making an important contribution to

earnings.

Ongoing investment in saleyard infrastructure and operational

efficiency improved customer experience and enhanced safer

livestock handling. Increased throughput across a number of

key saleyards highlighted the ongoing importance of PGW's

physical market network.

Supply chain partnerships also gained momentum during

the year, with increasing volumes being directed through

preferred processor partners.

While the deer industry remained stable, PGW maintained or

increased market share across most sales channels. This was

supported by firmer venison prices and growing volumes

through supply chain partners. Customer solutions such as

Defer-A-Stag and GO-STOCK continued to support farmers.

The deer velvet business strengthened its market position

through improved sales and grading processes, improving

transparency for buyers and sellers.

bidr continued to transform livestock trading during FY26,

expanding its online buying presence at weekly sales to more

than 20 saleyards nationwide and hosting more than 1,400

auctions. By continuing to deepen market penetration, bidr

expanded its digital livestock trading network, increased

transaction volumes, and provided customers with greater

market access and flexibility. Approximately 30% of all saleyard

bids were placed through the platform, reflecting the growing

role of digital participation in livestock markets.

Elevated livestock prices

*

Sheep 38.5%

Cattle 29.9%

Dairy 34.1%

* FY26 average price compared to FY25

Lisa Nolan, PGW Livestock Representative – Genetics, located in Otago, assesses

bulls at the Turihaua Angus Annual Bull Sale, near Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.

bidr broadcasting from the Te Mania

Angus’ 2 Year Old Bull Sale, Conway Flat,

North Canterbury.

The year in review | Agency Group continued
44

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

45

Technical enhancements included integrating saleyard

weigh scales with rostrum screens, improving data flow

and operational efficiency. A new Helmsman auction

product was launched, providing valuable customer

feedback to support future platform development. This

auction style allows for multiple lots to be offered for sale

simultaneously, so buyers can compare multiple lots in

making bid decisions.

Real Estate | Hokohoko Whenua

Real Estate delivered an improved result as activity

increased across rural, lifestyle, and residential markets.

During the final quarter of the financial year, sheep and

beef properties experienced a resurgence. Demand

for dairy and horticultural, predominantly kiwifruit,

properties strengthened significantly, supported

by improved farm economics, lower interest rates,

and renewed buyer confidence. Dairy sales volumes

increased by approximately 30% compared with

the prior year, while horticultural property sales

volumes increased 60%. The dairy sector expanded in

Canterbury, buoyed by corporates, large entities, and

private buyers.

Residential and lifestyle activity also improved on

the prior year. However, geopolitical uncertainty and

expectations of higher interest rates contributed to

softer market conditions during autumn, slowing

growth in these categories.

The year saw the launch of our PGW Real Estate

Accelerator Programme, designed to upskill newer

agents through collaboration with and mentoring

from high-performing colleagues as we continue to

expand our reach.

Andrew Fowler, Real Estate Salesperson, discusses the

benefits the gentle north-facing aspect and highly

fertile property with Lorraine and Chris Jordan, owners

of Busby Park, near Katikati, Bay of Plenty.

Tim Gallagher, Real Estate Salesperson – Orchard Specialist,

discusses the G3 orchard with Kala Singh, who purchased the

Te Puke orchard, Bay of Plenty.

The principal challenge during FY26 was livestock

availability, particularly sheep, in parts of the North

Island. Weather conditions, lower lamb survival rates

in some regions, and structural flock reductions

continued to place pressure on sheep tallies. Despite

these headwinds, strong pricing largely offset the

impact of lower volumes.

Real Estate sale volumes

*

Dairy sales 30%

Horticulture sales 60%

* compared to FY25

2024 May

2024 Jun

2024 Jul

2024 Aug

2024 Sep

2024 Oct

2024 Nov

2024 Dec

2025 Jan

2025 Feb

2025 Mar

2025 Apr

2025 May

2025 Jun

2025 Jul

2025 Aug

2025 Sep

2025 Oct

2025 Nov

2025 Dec

2026 Jan

2026 Feb

2026 Mar

2026 Apr

2026 May

2026 Jun

Source: Fonterra. Graph shows the forecast 2024/25 milk price up until May 2025, after this date the forecast 2025/26 milk price is shown.

Farmgate Midpoint Milk Prices

12.00

11.00

10.00

9.00

8.00

7.00

$/kgMS

Range band Midpoint ($) per kgMS

The year in review | Agency Group continued
ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

4746

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Wool | Wūru

The wool result was broadly in-line with the

prior year, albeit with a small reduction in

volumes transacted, reflecting the country’s

declining sheep flock. New Zealand’s strong

wool industry experienced renewed optimism

across the financial year, with crossbred wool

prices reaching their highest levels in decades.

Mid-micron wool prices nearly doubled during

the year, while fine wool also experienced

significantly improved returns.

Despite ongoing challenges, including

declining sheep numbers and land-use

change, the sector is increasingly focused

on value rather than volume through

innovation, collaboration, and sustainability.

Growing global demand for natural fibres, in

combination with the global decline in wool

production, contributed to a strengthening

market and improved pricing.

During the year, PGW Wool consolidated its

auction activities into a national open-cry

wool auction, creating a single marketplace to

maximise buyer participation and competition

for growers’ wool from across New Zealand. The

initiative demonstrated the benefits of greater

industry alignment, delivering increased scale

and consistency for buyers, more regular

cash flow for growers, and a more efficient

operating model.

PGW Wool worked alongside others in the

industry to improve supply chain efficiencies,

focusing on reducing duplication and

optimising infrastructure utilisation. These

initiatives contribute to the long-term

competitiveness of New Zealand’s wool sector

while maintaining high levels of service for

growers and customers.

Demand for transparency and assurance

continued to grow. Through Wool Integrity

NZ™, PGW Wool strengthened its ability to

connect growers with supply chains seeking

independently verified animal welfare,

sustainability, and provenance credentials.

Our export business, Bloch & Behrens Wool

(NZ) Limited, increased export volumes into

key international markets, particularly Europe,

despite an overall decline in New Zealand wool

production. This result reflects the strength of

our customer relationships, market expertise,

and ability to connect New Zealand growers

with demand in premium global markets.

Peter McCusker, PGW Wool Representative,

assesses the Blairich Merino two-tooth ewe

flock alongside Kelly Allan and James Calder

during the 2026 Marlborough Merino Association

Two-Tooth Ewe Flock Competition and Stud Tour,

Awatere Valley, Marlborough.

New Zealand Wool Exports - All Wool

10,000

7,500

5,000

2,500

0

tonnes

$ per tonne

2024 Jul

2024 Aug

2024 Sept

2024 Oct

2024 Nov

2024 Dec

2025 Jan

2025 Feb

2025 Mar

2025 Apr

2025 May

2025 Jun

2025 Jul

2025 Aug

2025 Sept

2025 Oct

2025 Nov

2025 Dec

2026 Jan

2026 Feb

2026 Mar

2026 Apr

2026 May

2026 Jun

tonnes clean $ per tonnes clean

Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights

10,000

7,500

5,000

2,500

0

New Zealand Wool Exports - Strong Wool

10,000

7,500

5,000

2,500

0

tonnes

$ per tonne

2024 Jul

2024 Aug

2024 Sept

2024 Oct

2024 Nov

2024 Dec

2025 Jan

2025 Feb

2025 Mar

2025 Apr

2025 May

2025 Jun

2025 Jul

2025 Aug

2025 Sept

2025 Oct

2025 Nov

2025 Dec

2026 Jan

2026 Feb

2026 Mar

2026 Apr

2026 May

2026 Jun

tonnes clean $ per tonnes clean

10,000

7,500

5,000

2,500

0

Source: Beef + Lamb New Zealand Economic Service & Insights

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

4948

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Jo Balfour, PGW Technical Field

Representative, inspects a maize crop

with Jason Scott, co-owner of Scott's

Ag Contracting, at Longbush, near

Carterton, Wairarapa.

50
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

51

Tangihau Station –

Breeding

resilience on

the East Coast

Our People

Ā Mātou Tāngata

Set in steep hill country inland from Gisborne, Tangihau Station is defined by

scale, terrain, and climatic extremes. The property spans more than 6,600 hectares

of medium to steep East Coast hill country, with only 70 hectares of flat land.

Tangihau runs approximately 1,300 commercial breeding cows, calving 270

stud cows, including yearling heifers, and 18,000 ewes breeding 30,000 lambs,

including hoggets.

6,600

HECTARES OF MEDIUM TO

STEEP EAST COAST

HILL COUNTRY

1,300

COMMERCIAL BREEDING

COWS,CALVING

270 STUD COWS

18,000

EWES BREEDING

30,000 LAMBS,

INCLUDING HOGGETS

Tangihau Station began with members of the de

Lautour and Bayly families and remains in the

hands of their descendants.

Established in 1949, Tangihau Angus has grown

into one of the country’s most respected studs. At

the centre of the operation is General Manager and

Stud Master Dean McHardy, who has led the station

since 1990. Dean continues the legacy of the stud’s

original objective of breeding structurally sound

bulls and cattle capable of performing on steep

hill country.

The challenging environment demands resilience

to ensure productivity, a principle that underpins

the station’s long-standing success. “We breed our

bulls to do a job here first,” Dean says. “If they can

perform in this environment, they will perform

anywhere. Bulls are bred to run on the hills and

are selected for structural soundness, a calm

temperament, good feet and legs, and balanced

estimated breeding values, ensuring they can thrive

under pressure in difficult conditions.”

Upper image : Angus bulls at

Tangihau Station, inland from

Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.

Lower image: Jamie Hayward,

Regional Livestock Manager and

Emma Pollitt, PGW Livestock

Representative – Genetics, discuss

the Angus bulls’ performance

data and gene patterns with Dean

McHardy, General Manager and

Stud Master, ahead of the Tangihau

Angus Annual Bull Sale, inland

from Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.

LIVESTOCK

Our People | Breeding resilience on the East Coast
52

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

53

With a strong foundation

in place and a clear focus

on performance, Tangihau

continues to demonstrate

how genetics and trusted

partnerships combine to

drive success in New Zealand’s

livestock sector.

A key contributor to this success is the close working

relationship with PGW’s specialised Genetics Team.

The team works alongside farmers to source and

develop high-quality genetics from New Zealand

and international bloodlines, combining technical

expertise with practical, on-farm knowledge to lift

herd performance and deliver long-term gains.

At Tangihau, PGW Livestock Representatives –

Genetics Emma Pollitt and Tom Suttor are closely

involved in the stud programme. “They are brilliant,

I couldn’t do without them,” Dean says. “Their

knowledge and support are a big part of what we do.”

Emma adds, “It’s a thrill to service this standout stud

operation and to promote bulls of such quality. I

see it as our job to facilitate the movement of the

Tangihau genetics into stud and commercial herds

around the country, driving cow calf performance

and productivity. The consistency of the stock and

the focus on breeding cattle that genuinely perform

in tough conditions are what sets it apart. Dean

has done a wonderful job in bringing tradition and

technology together in the herd.”

PGW’s relationship with Tangihau extends beyond

genetics. East Coast Regional Livestock Manager

Jamie Hayward oversees the wider stock programme

throughout the year, while Technical Field

Representative George Thompson and the wider team

provide ongoing support across the business. “PGW

does everything for us,” Dean says. “It’s a complete

service, and we’ve got a great team around us.”

Jamie reflects on the partnership, “Tangihau is a

business built on quality and long-term thinking. It’s a

privilege to work alongside Dean and the team and be

part of delivering those results.”

After decades participating in the combined

Gisborne Angus Bull sale in Matawhero, the stud

moved to an on-farm sale format in 2020, supported

by bidr. Dean says “We started using bidr right

from the first on-farm sale and have found it very

effective. Online bidding has expanded the sale’s

reach, attracting a wider international audience

through live streaming. It provides an excellent

platform for overseas studs to view the bulls and

identify purchasers, allowing them to connect later to

purchase straws.”

The sale is conducted by PGW Livestock Genetics

Auctioneer Neville Clark, whose expertise adds

further strength to the offering. Last year’s sale

achieved a then record-breaking result, reflecting

both the quality of the stock and buyer confidence in

the Tangihau programme.

Angus bulls at Tangihau Station,

inland from Gisborne, Tairāwhiti.

54
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

55

2.8

HECTARE

FACILITY

600

APPLE TREES

1,100

METRES OF

GRAPEVINES

50

PEACH TREES

0.5ha

DEDICATED TO

CROPPING

Hastings Research Station –

A platform

for innovation

Our People

Ā Mātou Tāngata

PGW's commitment to helping New Zealand farmers and growers succeed took

a significant step forward during FY26 with the establishment of the dedicated

Hastings Research Station, Hawke’s Bay.

On 1 September 2025, PGW assumed the lease of the

Geelen Family Trust Research Station, a 2.8-hectare facility

previously operated by Bayer Crop Science.

The investment provides PGW with a purpose-built hub

for horticultural and agricultural research and strengthens

the company’s long-standing commitment to innovation,

technical expertise, and customer-focused solutions.

The site is uniquely positioned to support a broad range

of research activities, with approximately 600 apple

trees, 50 peach trees, 1,100 metres of grapevines, and 0.5

hectares dedicated to agricultural cropping. The facility

enables multiple trials to be conducted simultaneously

across horticultural, viticultural, and agricultural systems.

For decades, PGW’s Technical Team has worked

alongside farmers and growers to conduct research

trials in commercial paddocks and orchards. While this

collaborative model remains important, it relies on

customers taking productive land out of use. Having a

dedicated research station reduces that burden while

creating a more controlled and scalable environment

for innovation. PGW’s R&D Team undertook 98

scientific trials nationwide this year, investigating

a variety of innovations from new crop protection

products and biological solutions through to fertilisers

and technologies designed specifically for New

Zealand conditions.

Upper image: Chris Lambert, Fruitfed Horticulture Technical Specialist, and

Laura Morgan, Fruitfed Horticulture Technical Advisor, plant a squash trial at the

Hastings Research Station.

Lower image: The 2.8-hectare facility includes a broad range of research plantings.

TECHNICAL

Our People | Hastings Research Station – A platform for innovation
56

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

57

The investment also allows PGW to accelerate research

programmes that deliver practical benefits for customers,

as Milton Munro, Technical Team Manager, explains. “This is

an incredible investment in the future of growing in New

Zealand. The site gives us the ability to expand and accelerate

our research programme in ways that weren’t possible before.

We can run more trials, gather more data, and bring new

innovations to market faster, ultimately benefiting our grower

and farmer customers.”

The value of the facility extends beyond the trials themselves.

Knowledge generated through research is shared directly

with PGW’s Technical Field Representatives and Technical

Horticultural Representatives, helping them provide evidence-

based advice and recommendations to customers. This

helps give growers and farmers more confidence in product

performance and stronger technical support when making

critical production decisions.

The research station also provides opportunities for staff

training, customer field days, and industry engagement. PGW

intends to use the facility to showcase emerging technologies,

demonstrate trial results, and provide a practical environment

where staff, suppliers, and customers can see innovation in

action.

According to Milton, one of the station’s greatest strengths

is that it was operational from day one. “This site is a bit of a

rarity. Replicating a facility like this elsewhere would take years

of investment and development before meaningful trial work

could begin. Instead, we were able to start trials immediately

and begin generating insights that will support our customers

and our business. Having our own site allows us to conduct

trials that wouldn’t have been possible on a grower’s property.

By June 2026, we had completed 42 trials.”

The Hastings facility also supports several of PGW’s Group

Strategic Priorities, including Customer Focused Innovation,

Differentiated Offering, and Sustainability. The site enables

PGW’s Technical Team to work closely with global suppliers to

evaluate new products and technologies, including biological

and sustainability-focused solutions that can improve

outcomes for farmers, growers, and the wider primary sector.

Importantly, the investment reflects PGW’s confidence in

the future of New Zealand’s primary sector. With dedicated

infrastructure, experienced technical specialists, and a pipeline

of new trials already underway, the research station positions

PGW to continue delivering innovation that helps customers

improve performance, productivity, and profitability.

As the first trial results emerge,

the Hastings Research Station is

already proving to be more than

just a research facility. It is a centre

of excellence that will help shape

the future of farming and growing

in New Zealand, while reinforcing

PGW’s role as a trusted partner to

the rural sector.

The Hastings Research Station.

58
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

59

FarmRight –

Growing scale,

capability, and

partnership

FarmRight was established in 2000 to fill a service gap in the dairy sector and expanded into

viticulture and horticulture in 2017. Today, FarmRight’s pipfruit portfolio spans multiple

regions, with nearly 530 hectares of orchards either in production or development.

FARMRIGHT'S PIPFRUIT PORTFOLIO

SPANS MULTIPLE REGIONS, WITH NEARLY

530

HECTARES OF ORCHARDS

AT FULL DEVELOPMENT TOREA ORCHARD,

WILL COMPRISE APPROXIMATELY

900,000

TREES GROWN ON V-TRELLIS SYSTEMS

A key part of this growth is Rosewood Orchards in

Hawke’s Bay, where 80 hectares of apples are spread

across four blocks. These orchards diversify climatic

and geographic risk while enabling FarmRight to grow

premium varieties suited to the region, including Envy.

For Pipfruit Operations Manager, Grant Stevenson,

achieving consistently high fruit quality is critical. The

team has trialled a range of planting systems, from

traditional spindle structures to high-density 2D and

Vtrellis systems. The team refines crop monitoring

processes, using drone technology to assess crop load,

fruit size, and tree health.

Supporting this highly technical operation is a close

working relationship with Fruitfed Horticulture. Technical

Horticulture Representative Luke Bottriell and Fruitfed

Horticulture specialists work alongside the Rosewood

team, providing practical advice as the orchard evolves.

Grant values the openness of the relationship. “I appreciate

Luke's practical approach and honesty. We can have

robust discussions about different options, which

helps us make better decisions,” says Grant. “If there’s

something Luke doesn’t know, he'll go away and find the

answer. That level of commitment builds trust and makes

him a valuable sounding board.”

Our Customers

Ā Mātou Kiritaki

Upper image: Matt Bentley, Manager, and Damian Febery, Development Manager, assess the

growth of the apple trees at Tōrea Orchard, near Ashburton, Mid Canterbury.

Lower image: Rosewood Orchard, owned by FarmRight Ltd, near Havelock North, Hawke’s Bay.

Fruitfed

Horticulture

Our Customers | FarmRight – Growing scale, capability, and partnership
60

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITEDANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

61

The relationship with Fruitfed Horticulture is built on more than product

supply. It is grounded in trusted technical expertise, open communication, and

a shared focus on achieving sustainable outcomes across complex large-scale

horticultural operations.

That relationship extends beyond a single point of contact.

Grant also works closely with Extension Advisor – Pipfruit Marcus

Fitzsimmons and is exploring collaborative trial opportunities at

the Hastings Research Station (see pages 54 to 57). Together, the

Fruitfed Horticulture team is helping ensure decisions are well

informed, technically sound, and aligned with long-term orchard

performance.

While Hawke’s Bay anchors FarmRight’s North Island presence,

the business is also investing significantly in new developments

in the South Island, including a large-scale orchard east of

Ashburton and two orchards located in Tasman.

Tōrea Orchard is being established on a 460-hectare dairy farm.

The development will ultimately see 250 hectares planted in

apples, with the balance remaining in dairy. During 2025, 150

hectares were planted in Rockit and Joli varieties, with a further

100 hectares planned for winter 2026. At full development, the

orchard will comprise approximately 900,000 trees grown on

V-trellis systems designed to maximise productivity.

Getting the fundamentals right has been a central focus

for Development Manager Damian Febery, with early work

centred on site preparation, irrigation infrastructure, nutrition

programmes, and establishing strong tree structure. As the

orchard transitions from establishment into its next phase,

Fruitfed Horticulture continues to play a key role. Technical

Horticultural Representative Rob Wards has been closely

involved, supporting pest and disease monitoring, spray

programmes, and tree nutrition from the outset.

Damian says Rob’s input has been instrumental to the

development. “From planning through to implementation, Rob’s

experience and knowledge have been invaluable,” he says.

“His level of technical expertise gives us confidence in our

decisions and helps set the orchard up for long-term success.”

Rob says being involved in the development of Tōrea Orchard

has been rewarding. “Projects of this scale are a unique

opportunity to get the fundamentals right from the outset. By

working closely with the FarmRight team, we can add value by

supporting strong long-term performance and confidence in

key decisions.”

The two Tasman orchards, located in Riwaka and Appleby,

span 200 hectares and grow Envy, Ambrosia, Evercrisp, and

Joli varieties. The orchards include both producing and

redevelopment blocks, with significant investment made to

align plantings with FarmRight’s long-term varietal strategy and

future market demand.

Working closely with the orchard team, Technical Horticultural

Representative Hayden French provides technical advice and

practical solutions tailored to the region's growing conditions.

Hayden enjoys being involved in the orchards’ ongoing

development. “FarmRight has made a significant commitment

to the Tasman region and it’s exciting to support a business that

is continually looking for ways to improve,” he says. “There’s a

strong focus on getting the best out of every hectare through

redevelopment, new varieties, and technology.”

For FarmRight, growth has never been about hectares alone.

The focus is on developing orchards that perform over the long

term, supported by good people, sound horticultural practices,

and a willingness to keep improving. As new developments

come online, that approach continues to guide investment and

operational decisions across the portfolio.

Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended 30 June 2026

Ngā Tauākī ā-Pūtea Tōpū


mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026

Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

Key Financial

Disclosures

Mott’s Premium Produce harvesting parsnips

near Tangiwai, Manawatū-Whanganui.

Ambrosia apples growing on

a 2D system, at FarmRight’s

Appleby Orchard, near

Richmond, Tasman.

62
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

63

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

For the year ended 30 June 2026

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Operating revenue 1 1,074,384 975,344

Cost of sales 2 (787,517) (720,347)

Gross profit 286,867 254,997

Other income 399 952

Employee expenses (161,290) (146,637)

Other operating expenses 3 (61,666) (53,181)

Operating EBITDA 28C 64,310 56,131

Non-operating gains/(losses) 4 221 1,119

Impairment and fair value gains/(losses) 5 - -

Depreciation and amortisation expense (34,791) (31,066)

EBIT 28C 29,740 26,184

Net interest expense 6 (10,780) (11,186)

Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 6 641 821

Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives 6 1,430 (1,827)

Profit before income tax 21,031 13,992

Income tax expense 7 (5,460) (3,328)

Net profit after tax

15,571 10,664

Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS)

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Basic and diluted EPS 8 0.206 0.141

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Directors’ Responsibility Statement

For the year ended 30 June 2026

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the consolidated

financial statements give a true and fair view of the financial

position of PGG Wrightson Limited and its controlled entities

(together the “Group”) as at 30 June 2026 and the financial

performance and cash flows for the year ended on that date.

The Directors consider that the consolidated financial statements

of the Group have been prepared using appropriate accounting

policies, consistently applied and supported by reasonable

judgements and estimates and that all of the relevant financial

reporting and accounting standards have been followed.

The Directors believe that proper accounting records have been

kept which enable, with reasonable accuracy, the determination of

the financial position of the Group and facilitate compliance of the

consolidated financial statements with the Financial Reporting Act

2013 and the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

The Directors are pleased to present the consolidated financial

statements for the Group set out on pages 63 to 108 for the year

ended 30 June 2026.

The consolidated financial statements contained on pages 63 to

108 have been authorised for issue on 10 August 2026.

For and on behalf of the Board.

John Nichol Wilson Liu

Chair Director and Audit

Committee Chair

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

6564

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Other Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Segment Report

For the year ended / as at 30 June 2026

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Net profit after tax 15,571 10,664

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (261) 585

Tax on remeasurements of defined benefit liability 7 (98) (273)

Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the period (359) 312

Total comprehensive income for the period 15,212 10,976

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

A. Operating segments

The Group has two primary operating segments, Agency and Retail

& Water, which are the Group's strategic divisions. These operating

segments operate within New Zealand.

The two operating segments offer different products and services,

and are managed separately because they require different skills,

technology and marketing strategies. Within each segment, further

business unit analysis may be provided to management where there

are significant differences in the nature of activities. The Chief Executive

Officer and Chairman of the Board review internal management

reports on each strategic business unit on at least a monthly basis.

The Group's segments are described below:

– Agency: This segment derives its revenue primarily from

commissions in respect of rural Livestock, Wool and Real Estate

transactions. This segment also derives revenue from wool and

velvet product sales, and interest revenue from its GO-STOCK

receivables (refer to Note 12 GO-STOCK Receivables for further

explanation regarding this programme).

– Retail & Water: This segment includes the Rural Supplies and

Fruitfed Horticulture retail operations, Agritrade, PGG Wrightson

Water, ancillary sales support and supply chain functions. This

segment derives its revenue primarily from the sale of goods as

well as the design, installation and servicing of irrigation solutions.

– Other (non-operating): Other relates to certain Group

Corporate activities including Governance, Finance, Treasury, Risk

and Assurance, and other support services (such as corporate

property services and marketing). The Marketing function derives

sales revenue from the Group's customer loyalty and on-charging

programmes.

Assets and liabilities allocated to each business unit combine to form

total assets and liabilities for the Agency and Retail & Water business

segments. Certain other assets and liabilities are held at a Corporate

level including those for the Corporate functions noted above. From 1

July 2025 the group transferred its intangible ERP asset internally from

the Other (non-operating) segment to the Agency and Retail & Water

operating segments.

The profit or loss for each business unit combines to form total profit or

loss of the Agency and Retail & Water business segments. Certain other

revenues and expenses are recorded at the Corporate level for the

Corporate functions noted above.

Corporate costs allocation

The Group allocates certain Corporate costs to an operating segment

where they can be directly attributed to that segment or using the

following methods:

– IT hardware, support, licence and other costs are allocated on a per

user basis.

– Property costs which are not directly attributable are allocated on

a property space utilisation basis.

– Business operations costs (Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable,

Call Centre) are allocated based on FTE usage by each operating

segment or transactional volumes. Credit Services costs are

allocated to the operating segment to which the overdue

accounts relate.

From 1 July 2025, the Group began internally allocating interest

expense to the operating segments based on capital employed

(excluding equity) with this allocation recorded within net interest

expense. Comparative amounts have been updated to reflect this

change.

Other costs such as non-operating gains/losses, impairment and fair

value gains/losses, net interest expense, foreign exchange items and

income tax expense are not fully allocated by the Group across the

operating segments. The Group Governance, Finance, Treasury, and

Risk and Assurance functions continue to be reported outside of the

operating segments i.e. within Other (non-operating).

B. Geographical segment

The Group operates within New Zealand only and its revenue is

derived primarily from New Zealand.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

6766

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Segment Report (continued)

For the year ended / as at 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 30 June 2026

C. Operating segment information

OTHER

AGENCY RETAIL & WATER (NON–OPERATING) TOTAL

2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Sales revenue 86,383 84,977 830,398 759,215 1,429 1,157 918,210 845,349

Commission revenue 126,165 107,938 87 88 55 30 126,307 108,056

Construction contract revenue – – 18,900 12,368 – – 18,900 12,368

Interest revenue on GO-STOCK receivables 8,011 7,181 – – – – 8,011 7,181

Interest revenue on overdue debtor accounts 314 427 1,424 891 9 37 1,747 1,355

Sublease income 582 434 423 402 204 199 1,209 1,035

Total external operating revenues 221,455 200,957 851,232 772,964 1,697 1,423 1,074,384 975,344

Cost of sales (101,826) (98,086) (684,801) (621,575) (890) (686) (787,517) (720,347)

Gross profit 119,629 102,871 166,431 151,389 807 737 286,867 254,997

Other income 405 952 – – (6) – 399 952

Employee expenses (60,277) (51,367) (73,524) (68,780) (27,489) (26,490) (161,290) (146,637)

Other operating expenses (30,789) (28,994) (48,431) (40,459) 17,554 16,272 (61,666) (53,181)

Operating EBITDA 28,968 23,462 44,476 42,150 (9,134) (9,481) 64,310 56,131

Non-operating gains/(losses) 9 1,166 61 (112) 151 65 221 1,119

Impairment and fair value gains/(losses) – – – – – – – –

Depreciation and amortisation expense (10,641) (9,875) (21,048) (17,329) (3,102) (3,862) (34,791) (31,066)

EBIT 18,336 14,753 23,489 24,709 (12,085) (13,278) 29,740 26,184

Net interest expense (7,766) (8,470) (11,049) (10,938) 8,035 8,222 (10,780) (11,186)

Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 29 863 617 (46) (5) 4 641 821

Fair value gain/(loss) on

foreign exchange derivatives 387 (1,611) 1,042 (216) 1 – 1,430 (1,827)

Profit/(loss) before income tax 10,986 5,535 14,099 13,509 (4,054) (5,052) 21,031 13,992

Income tax benefit/(expense) (3,222) (2,196) (4,018) (5,786) 1,780 4,654 (5,460) (3,328)

Net profit/(loss) after tax 7,764 3,339 10,081 7,723 (2,274) (398) 15,571 10,664

Total segment assets 284,806 234,147 300,415 249,439 15,117 46,094 600,338 529,680

Total segment liabilities (153,092) (104,908) (166,727) (146,372) (97,952) (104,590) (417,771) (355,870)

Capital expenditure

(additions to non-current assets) 6,768 4,724 20,601 5,645 1,925 12,510 29,294 22,879

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash was provided from:

Receipts from customers 1,023,492 916,631

Dividends received 7 6

Interest received 10,260 8,921

Income tax received – 44

1,033,759 925,602

Cash was applied to:

Payments to suppliers and employees (968,797) (903,108)

Lump sum contribution to the PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan (459) (308)

Interest paid 6 (5,229) (5,379)

Interest paid on lease liabilities 6 (4,524) (4,410)

Income tax paid (2,157) –

(981,166) (913,205)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities 52,593 12,397

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash was provided from:

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 1,561 2,808

Dividend received from jointly controlled entity 140 392

1,701 3,200

Cash was applied to:

Purchase of property, plant and equipment (5,654) (6,929)

Purchase of intangibles (931) (10,499)

Acquisition of subsidiary net of cash acquired 15 (19,660) –

Advance to jointly controlled entity – (17)

(26,245) (17,445)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities (24,544) (14,245)

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash was provided from:

Increase in external borrowings 9 92,000 25,182

92,000 25,182

Cash was applied to:

Dividends paid to shareholders (6,455) (1,899)

Repayment of external borrowings 9 (88,182) –

Repayment of principal portion of lease liabilities (24,030) (22,608)

(118,667) (24,507)

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities (26,667) 675

Net increase/(decrease) in cash held 1,382 (1,172)

Opening cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period 2,613 3,785

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 9 3,995 2,613

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

6968

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Reconciliation of Net Profit After Tax with Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 30 June 2026

2026 2025

$000 $000

Net profit after tax 15,571 10,664

Add/(deduct) non-cash/non-operating items:

Depreciation and amortisation 34,791 31,066

Impairment and fair value losses/(gains) – –

Net bad debts written off/(recovered) 146 716

Increase/(decrease) in provision for impaired trade receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and contract assets 4,622 (881)

Loss/(gain) on sale of assets, and lease terminations (141) (1,219)

Foreign exchange loss/(gain) (111) 237

Deferred tax expense/(benefit) (1,216) (886)

Defined benefit expense/(gain) (103) (24)

Pension contributions not expensed through profit or loss (459) (308)

Equity accounted earnings (392) (990)

Other non-cash/non-operating items (144) 21

Add/(deduct) movement in working capital items:

Change in working capital due to purchase of business 2,382 –

Change in inventories (5,243) (4,774)

Change in accounts receivable and prepayments (34,283) (23,097)

Change in GO-STOCK receivables (7,040) (29,139)

Change in trade creditors, provisions and accruals 40,882 25,749

Change in other current assets/liabilities (1,600) 1,004

Add/(deduct) movement in taxation items:

Change in income tax payable/receivable 4,931 4,258

Net cash flow from operating activities 52,593 12,397

Cash Flows Accounting Policies

In the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, cash receipts and payments on behalf of customers, which reflect the activities of the

customers rather than those of the Group, are reported on a net basis.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

ASSETS

Current

Cash and cash equivalents 9 3,995 2,613

Short-term derivative assets 10 784 227

Trade and other receivables 11 186,471 156,949

GO-STOCK receivables 12 89,556 81,962

Inventories 13 105,492 100,074

Other current assets 4,341 4,329

Total current assets 390,639 346,154

Non-current

Deferred tax asset 7 6,167 7,115

Long-term derivative assets 10 1 13

Investments in equity accounted investees 1,507 1,256

GO-STOCK receivables 12 1,735 2,300

Other investments 242 242

Intangible assets and goodwill 14 53,340 38,706

Right-of-use assets 16 94,357 81,332

Property, plant and equipment 17 51,849 52,362

Defined benefit plan asset 19 501 200

Total non-current assets 209,699 183,526

Total assets

600,338 529,680

LIABILITIES

Current

Working capital debt 9 - -

Short-term derivative liabilities 10 663 1,425

Accounts payable and accruals 18 215,989 175,205

Short-term lease liabilities 16 23,185 21,359

Income tax payable 5,960 1,029

Total current liabilities 245,797 199,018

Non-current

Long-term debt 9 92,000 88,182

Long-term derivative liabilities 10 28 151

Long-term lease liabilities 16 77,291 65,789

Long-term provisions 18 2,655 2,730

Total non-current liabilities 171,974 156,852

Total liabilities

417,771 355,870

EQUITY

Share capital 29 372,318 372,318

Reserves 29 16,577 16,785

Retained earnings/(deficit) 29 (206,328) (215,293)

Total equity

182,567 173,810

Total liabilities and equity

600,338 529,680

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Key Financial Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Hira

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 30 June 2026

REALISED

CAPITAL AND DEFINED RETAINED

SHARE REVALUATION BENEFIT PLAN EARNINGS/ TOTAL

CAPITAL RESERVES RESERVE (DEFICIT) EQUITY

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Balance as at 1 July 2024 372,318 24,662 (8,291) (223,956) 164,733

Total comprehensive income for the period

Net profit after tax – – – 10,664 10,664

Other comprehensive income

Defined benefit plan actuarial gain/(loss), net of tax – – 312 – 312

Total other comprehensive income – – 312 – 312

Total comprehensive income for the period – – 312 10,664 10,976

Transactions with shareholders recorded directly in equity

Contributions by and distributions to shareholders

Dividends to shareholders – – – (1,899) (1,899)

Total contributions by and distributions to shareholders – – – (1,899) (1,899)

Transfer to retained earnings – – 102 (102) –

Balance as at 30 June 2025 372,318 24,662 (7,877) (215,293) 173,810

Balance as at 1 July 2025 372,318 24,662 (7,877) (215,293) 173,810

Total comprehensive income for the period

Net profit after tax – – – 15,571 15,571

Other comprehensive income

Defined benefit plan actuarial gain/(loss), net of tax – – (359) – (359)

Total other comprehensive income – – (359) – (359)

Total comprehensive income for the period – – (359) 15,571 15,212

Transactions with shareholders recorded directly in equity

Contributions by and distributions to shareholders

Dividends to shareholders – – – (6,455) (6,455)

Total contributions by and distributions to shareholders – – – (6,455) (6,455)

Transfer to retained earnings – – 151 (151) –

Balance as at 30 June 2026 372,318 24,662 (8,085) (206,328) 182,567

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Lake Heron Station winter muster, photographed by

Anna Munro for the 2025 PGW LandMarks Photo Collection.

Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

Additional

Financial Disclosures

Including Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

for the year ended 30 June 2026

Tae atu ki Ngā Pitopito Kōrero ki Ngā Tauākī Pūtea Tōpū


mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

71

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

73


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

72

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the year ended 30 June 2026

1 Operating Revenue

2026 2025

$000 $000

Revenue from contracts with customers

Sales revenue 918,210 845,349

Commission revenue 126,307 108,056

Construction contract revenue 18,900 12,368

Other operating revenue

Interest revenue on GO-STOCK receivables 8,011 7,181

Interest revenue on overdue debtor accounts 1,747 1,355

Sublease income 1,209 1,035

1,074,384 975,344

Income Recognition Accounting Policies

Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be reliably

measured. The following specific recognition criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised.

Sales revenue

Sales revenue comprises the sale value of transactions where the Group acts as a principal; for example, retail store sales, and sales of wool

and velvet products. Revenue is measured at the transaction price when control is transferred to which an entity expects to be entitled in

exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer. For the sale of goods, the transfer of control occurs when the risks and rewards,

physical possession and the legal title of the goods have been transferred and accepted by the customer and the customer has a present

obligation to make payment in respect of the goods.

Customers may be entitled to discounts or rebates for certain items and/or volumes purchased, under varying categories. These discounts

or rebates are defined as variable consideration and are included in the transaction price as a component of operating revenue upon the

completion of the Group's performance obligations. These discounts or rebates are contractual in nature and known as at balance date,

therefore, no assumptions or estimates are required.

The Group offers a range of payment terms, and in some cases these can be up to 12 months. The Group does not recognise a financing

element for sales with terms of 12 months or less.

The Group offers warranties as required by New Zealand law and/or per the terms and conditions of the contracts with customers. The

Group recognises the obligations under these warranties as a provision.

Commission revenue

Commission revenue comprises commission for transactions where the Group acts as an agent. For agency commissions, the Group

does not take inventory risk or title for inventories, or for the Group's Livestock and Real Estate businesses, biological assets and properties

respectively. The Group generates commissions from acting as an agent for organising the sale of livestock or real estate.

Revenue is recognised at a point in time upon completion of the service.

Construction contract revenue

Construction services are provided to customers in the Water business to construct pivots and irrigation systems. Most contracts contain a

single performance obligation. The size and duration of the contracts can vary significantly, and customers are invoiced as work progresses.

Most contracts are completed within 12 months; therefore, the unearned revenue on these contracts is not disclosed.

The Group accounts for revenue over time, which best depicts the pattern of transfer of the construction services to the customer. The

Group uses an input method to recognise revenue based on a percentage of cost completed. This method involves judgements relating to

a contract's expected margin and its stage of completion.

Interest and similar income and expense

The Group recognises the fixed fees charged to customers under its GO-STOCK programme as interest revenue. Refer to Note 12 GO-STOCK

Receivables for further explanation regarding this programme. This interest revenue is recognised over the term of the GO-STOCK contracts

which can be for a term of up to 540 days.

The Group also recognises interest revenue on overdue receivables using the effective interest method. Refer to the accounting policies

under Note 6 Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items for further explanation on the effective interest method.

Sublease income

The Group recognises lease payments received under subleases as income on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Refer to Note 16

Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities for further explanation.

2 Cost of Sales

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Depreciation and amortisation 52 75

Employee benefits (including commissions) 31,832 29,315

Inventories and consumables 13 736,080 670,417

Freight 12,091 13,331

Other 7,462 7,209

787,517 720,347

3 Other Operating Expenses

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Audit of financial statements of the Company by Ernst & Young 450 430

Other assurance services provided by Ernst & Young:

Limited assurance on emissions reporting – 15

Other services provided by Ernst & Young:

Research and development tax incentive advisory 20 16

Directors' fees 612 660

Donations 72 10

Increase/(decrease) in provision for impaired trade receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and contract assets 11, 12 4,622 (881)

Net bad debts written off/(recovered) 146 716

IT and telecommunication costs 16,154 16,443

Marketing costs 4,846 4,515

Motor vehicle costs 8,122 7,397

Travel costs 3,864 3,461

Rental and operating lease costs 604 384

Occupancy costs (excluding rental and operating lease) 7,126 6,240

Other staff costs 7,015 6,198

Other expenses 8,013 7,577

61,666 53,181


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

7574

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

4 Non-Operating Gains/(Losses)

2026 2025

$000 $000

Gain/(loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment 152 1,217

Other non-operating gains/(losses) 69 (98)

221 1,119

5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses)

2026 2025

$000 $000

Net impairment reversal/(impairment) – property, plant and equipment – –

Fair value gains/(losses) – –

– –

Impairment Accounting Policies

The carrying value of the Group's assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence of

impairment. An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses directly

reduce the carrying value of assets and are recognised in profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount in accordance with

another standard.

Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group's non-financial assets (other than inventories and deferred tax assets) are reviewed at each reporting

date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset or

the cash-generating unit (CGU) to which the asset relates is estimated. A CGU is the smallest identifiable asset group that generates cash

flows that are largely independent from other assets and groups.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is based on the

estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time

value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

An impairment loss is recognised if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are

recognised in profit or loss. An assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication that a previously

recognised impairment loss no longer exists or has reduced. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable

amount. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the

asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognised.

An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset's carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have

been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.

6 Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items

2026 2025

$000 $000

Interest income 501 385

Interest funding expense:

Bank interest on loans and overdrafts (5,229) (5,379)

Bank facility fees (1,528) (1,782)

(6,757) (7,161)

Net interest income/(expense) excluding interest on lease liabilities (6,256) (6,776)

Interest on lease liabilities (4,524) (4,410)

Net interest expense

(10,780) (11,186)

Foreign exchange gain/(loss)

Net gain/(loss) on foreign denominated items 641 821

641 821

Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives

Fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives 1,430 (1,827)

1,430 (1,827)

Net Interest Expense and Foreign Exchange Items Accounting Policies

Interest and similar income and expense

For all financial instruments measured at amortised cost, interest income or expense is recorded at the effective interest rate, which is the

rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter

period, where appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. The calculation takes into account all

contractual terms of the financial instrument (for example, prepayment options) and includes any fees or incremental costs that are directly

attributable to the instrument and are an integral part of the effective interest rate, but not future credit losses. Once the recorded value of a

financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been reduced due to an impairment loss, interest income continues to be recognised

using the original effective interest rate applied to the new carrying amount.

Fair value change on foreign exchange derivatives

The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to movements in foreign currency arises from these

activities. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage these exposures. These derivatives are recorded at their fair

value with mark-to-market fair value movements flowing through fair value gain/(loss) on foreign exchange derivatives in the consolidated

statement of profit or loss. Although the derivatives have not been designated in a hedge relationship, they act as an economic hedge and

will offset the underlying transactions when they occur.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 78.

Refer to

Accounting

Policies

– page 78.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

7776

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

7 Income Taxes

A. Income tax recognised in profit or loss

2026 2025

$000 $000

Current tax benefit/(expense)

Current year (6,697) (4,333)

Adjustments for prior years 21 119

(6,676) (4,214)

Deferred tax benefit/(expense)

Origination and reversal of temporary differences 1,262 1,022

Adjustments for prior years (46) (136)

1,216 886

Income tax benefit/(expense) (5,460) (3,328)

Reconciliation

Profit before income tax 21,031 13,992

Income tax using the Company's tax rate (28%) (5,889) (3,917)

Non-deductible expenditure (250) (397)

Non-assessable income 286 779

Tax credits 181 213

Over/(under) provided in prior years (25) (17)

Other 237 11

Income tax benefit/(expense) (5,460) (3,328)

B. Income tax recognised directly in equity

2026 2025

$000 $000

Deferred tax on movement of actuarial gains/losses on employee benefit plans (98) (273)

Income tax benefit/(expense) recognised directly in equity (98) (273)

7 Income Taxes (continued)

C. Recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

ASSETS ASSETS LIABILITIES LIABILITIES NET NET

2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Property, plant and equipment – – (1,034) (604) (1,034) (604)

Intangible assets – – (6,458) (2,033) (6,458) (2,033)

Right-of-use assets – – (26,426) (22,773) (26,426) (22,773)

Lease liabilities 28,201 24,493 – – 28,201 24,493

Employee benefits 7,714 5,446 – – 7,714 5,446

Provisions 4,170 2,586 – – 4,170 2,586

Deferred tax asset/(liability) 40,085 32,525 (33,918) (25,410) 6,167 7,115

RECOGNISED IN RECOGNISED IN RECOGNISED

RECOGNISED OTHER RECOGNISED OTHER AS PART OF

BALANCE IN PROFIT COMPREHENSIVE BALANCE IN PROFIT COMPREHENSIVE A BUSINESS BALANCE

1 JUL 2024 OR LOSS INCOME 30 JUN 2025 OR LOSS INCOME COMBINATION 30 JUN 2026

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Property, plant

and equipment (404) (200) – (604) (430) – – (1,034)

Intangible assets (1,439) (594) – (2,033) (2,353) – (2,072) (6,458)

Right-of-use assets (25,354) 2,581 – (22,773) (3,653) – – (26,426)

Lease liabilities 26,775 (2,282) – 24,493 3,708 – – 28,201

Employee benefits 3,885 1,834 (273) 5,446 2,360 (98) 6 7,714

Provisions 3,038 (453) – 2,586 1,584 – – 4,170

6,501 886 (273) 7,115 1,216 (98) (2,066) 6,167

D. Unrecognised tax losses and temporary differences

At 30 June 2026, the Group has no unrecognised deferred tax assets relating to tax losses and temporary differences (2025: Nil).

E. Imputation credits

The Group has $5.95 million imputation credits as at 30 June 2026 (2025: $6.47 million).


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

7978

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

7 Income Taxes (continued)

Income Tax Accounting Policies

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxation and is recognised in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to items

recognised directly in other comprehensive income or equity, in which case it is recognised directly in other comprehensive income or

equity.

Current tax

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, calculated using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at

the reporting date. Current tax includes any adjustment to tax payable with respect to previous periods. Current tax assets and liabilities are

offset only if certain criteria are met.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting

purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the

temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax is not recognised for:

– taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill;

– temporary differences relating to subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities to the extent that the Group is able to control the

timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable they will not reverse in the foreseeable future;

– temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects

neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which temporary

differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer

probable that the related tax benefit will be recognised.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.

8 Earnings Per Share and Net Tangible Assets

A. Earnings per share (EPS)

The calculation of EPS is based on the following profit figures and number of authorised shares.

WEIGHTED AVERAGE

ISSUED ORDINARY SHARES NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES

2026 2025 2026 2025

000 000 000 000

Issued ordinary shares at 1 July 75,484 75,484 75,484 75,484

Balance at 30 June 75,484 75,484 75,484 75,484

There are no dilutive shares or options (2025: Nil).

2026 2025

$000 $000

Net profit after tax 15,571 10,664

2026 2025

$ $

Basic and diluted EPS 0.206 0.141

B. Net tangible assets (NTA)

The calculation of NTA per share, which is a required NZX disclosure, is based on the following NTA figure and the Company's issued ordinary

shares at the end of the period.

2026 2025

$000 $000

Total assets 600,338 529,680

Total liabilities (417,771) (355,870)

less Intangible assets and goodwill (53,340) (38,706)

less Deferred tax asset (6,167) (7,115)

Net tangible assets 123,060 127,989

2026 2025

$ $

NTA per issued ordinary shares at the end of period 1.630 1.696

Earnings Per Share Accounting Policies

The Group presents basic and diluted EPS data for its ordinary shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit or loss attributable to

shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the profit or

loss and the number of shares outstanding to include the effects of all potential dilutive shares.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

8180

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

9 Cash and Financing Facilities

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Cash and cash equivalents 3,995 2,613

Current financing facilities 9A – –

Term financing facilities 9A (92,000) (88,182)

Net interest-bearing (debt)/cash and cash equivalents (88,005) (85,569)

GO-STOCK receivables (including accrued interest) 12 91,291 84,262

GO-STOCK receivables (accrued interest portion) 12 (2,951) (2,820)

Net interest-bearing (debt)/cash and cash equivalents after adjusting for GO-STOCK receivables 335 (4,127)

A. Financing facilities

The Company entered into a new syndicated facility agreement on 26 June 2026. The new agreement reorganises the Group's funding into three

distinct facilities more aligned with the Group's operations with increased total limits to provide a platform for future strategic growth, in particular

for GO-STOCK receivables which now operates under its own facility. The new facilities provide the following:

– GO-STOCK facilities of up to $115.00 million maturing on 30 September 2029. This facility had $75.00 million drawn at 30 June 2026. This new

facility is available to fund up to 90% of the GO-STOCK receivables balance.

– Core debt facilities of up to $50.00 million maturing on 30 September 2029 (2025: $100.00 million maturing on 30 June 2027). This facility had

$17.00 million drawn at 30 June 2026 (2025: $75.00 million drawn). This facility is to fund the core and general commercial activities of the

group along with the GO-STOCK receivables balance not specifically funded from the GO-STOCK facility.

– Working Capital facilities of up to $100.00 million maturing on 30 September 2029 (2025: $85.00 million maturing on 30 June 2027). This

facility was undrawn at 30 June 2026 (2025: $13.00 million drawn). This facility funds the Group's seasonal working capital requirements across

the financial year. The limits for this facility are sculpted throughout the year to align with the Group's seasonal working capital needs with

minimum and maximum limits of $35.00 million and $100.00 million respectively across the financial year. This facility is subject to an annual

clean down requirement.

Interest on these syndicated facilities is determined based on floating interest rates.

The Company has granted a general security deed and mortgage over all its wholly-owned New Zealand assets to a security trust. Bank of New

Zealand acts as facility agent and security trustee for the banking syndicate, which comprises Bank of New Zealand, Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A.

(New Zealand branch) and Westpac New Zealand Limited. The agreement contains various financial covenants and restrictions relevant to each

separate facility, including maximum permissible ratios for debt leverage and operating leverage, together with a Loan to Value Ratio (LVR) limit of

90% for drawings from the GO-STOCK facility. The agreement also contains annual limits on capital expenditure and asset disposals. Key operating

leverage and debt leverage covenants are reported to the facility agent on a quarterly basis with debt leverage for the Working Capital facilities

and the GO-STOCK LVR reported on a monthly basis.

The syndicated facility agreement allows the Group, subject to certain conditions, to enter into additional facilities outside of the Company's

syndicated facility. The additional facilities are guaranteed by the security trust. These facilities amounted to $4.77 million as at 30 June 2026 (2025:

$4.77 million) and included the following:

– Overdraft facilities of $3.00 million. This facility was undrawn at 30 June 2026 (2025: undrawn).

– Guarantees and letters of credit of $1.77 million.

10 Derivative Financial Instruments

The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage its exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. In accordance with the Group's

Treasury Policy, the Group does not hold any of these derivative instruments for trading purposes.

2026 2025

$000 $000

Derivative assets held for risk management

Current 784 227

Non-current 1 13

785 240

Derivative liabilities held for risk management

Current (663) (1,425)

Non-current (28) (151)

(691) (1,576)

Net derivative asset/(liability) held for risk management 94 (1,336)

Derivative Financial Instruments Accounting Policies

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at fair value and transaction costs are expensed immediately. Subsequent to initial

recognition, derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value, and changes therein are generally recognised in profit or loss. The fair

value of forward exchange contracts is based on broker quotes.

Where the Group enters into derivative transactions, these agreements do not meet the criteria for offsetting in the consolidated statement

of financial position. The fair value amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position are recorded on a gross basis.

The Group does not currently apply hedge accounting.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 84.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

8382

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

11 Trade and Other Receivables

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Accounts receivable due from unrelated parties 163,649 130,454

Accounts receivable due from related parties 25 2 –

Gross accounts receivable 163,651 130,454

less Provision for impaired debtors (6,027) (1,496)

Net accounts receivable 157,624 128,958

Contract assets 1,981 2,650

less Provision for impaired contract assets – –

Other receivables 23,141 20,882

Prepayments 3,725 4,459

Trade and other receivables 186,471 156,949

Analysis of movements in provisions for impaired debtors and contract assets

Balance at the beginning of year (1,496) (2,308)

Movement in provision (4,531) 812

Balance at the end of the year (6,027) (1,496)

The ageing status of the accounts receivable at the reporting date is as follows:

TOTA L TOTA L

ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS

RECEIVABLE PROVISION RECEIVABLE PROVISION

2026 2026 2025 2025

$000 $000 $000 $000

Not past due 153,134 (613) 121,689 (505)

Past due 1 – 30 days 3,760 (13) 3,710 (71)

Past due 31 – 60 days 403 (382) 3,966 (424)

Past due 61 – 90 days 232 (20) 491 (33)

Past due 90 plus days 6,122 (4,999) 598 (463)

163,651 (6,027) 130,454 (1,496)

During the period the Group recognised a significant provision in respect of one customer which has entered liquidation / administration and this

reflects the increase in the provision held versus the comparative year.

12 GO-STOCK Receivables

The Group holds receivables in respect of its GO-STOCK range of livestock products. The GO-STOCK range allows farmers to defer payment for the

purchase of livestock. The counterparty farmer to the GO-STOCK product is fully exposed to the risks and rewards of ownership of the livestock.

To mitigate credit risk, the Group retains legal title to the livestock until its sale. Fee income received in respect of the GO-STOCK receivables

is recognised by the Group as interest income over the respective contract period and is included within operating revenue (refer to Note 1

Operating Revenue). Accrued interest income in respect of the GO-STOCK receivables is included within the GO-STOCK receivables balance and

amounts to $2.95 million as at 30 June 2026 (2025: $2.82 million).

2026 2025

$000 $000

GO-STOCK receivables – current 89,894 82,209

GO-STOCK receivables – non-current 1,735 2,300

91,629 84,509

less Provision for impairment – GO-STOCK receivables (338) (247)

91,291 84,262

GO-STOCK receivables – accrued interest portion 2,951 2,820

Analysis of movements in provisions for impaired GO-STOCK receivables

Balance at the beginning of the year (247) (316)

Movement in provision (91) 69

Balance at the end of the year (338) (247)

The ageing status of the GO-STOCK receivables at the reporting date is as follows:

GO-STOCK GO-STOCK

RECEIVABLES PROVISION RECEIVABLES PROVISION

2026 2026 2025 2025

$000 $000 $000 $000

Not past due 91,208 (200) 84,509 (247)

Past due 1 – 30 days – – – –

Past due 31 – 60 days – – – –

Past due 61 – 90 days 299 (16) – –

Past due 90 plus days 122 (122) – –

91,629 (338) 84,509 (247)

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 86.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

8584

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

12 GO-STOCK Receivables (continued)

Trade and Other Receivables and GO-STOCK Receivables Accounting Policies

Recognition and measurement

A receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price and classified as financial assets

measured at amortised cost. Accounts receivable includes accrued interest.

Impairment

Specific provisions are maintained to cover identified impaired receivables. Judgement is required in determining the impairment provision.

The Group recognises loss allowances for the expected credit loss (ECL) on Trade and GO-STOCK receivables. The Group measures loss

allowances for Trade and GO-STOCK receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECL.

When estimating ECLs, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost and

effort. This includes both qualitative and quantitative information and analysis, based on the Group's historical experience and informed

credit assessment, that includes forward-looking information. The Group assumes that the credit risk has increased significantly if the

receivable is more than 60 days past due. The Group considers a financial asset to be in default when the debtor is unlikely to pay its credit

obligations to the Group in full, without recourse by the Group to actions such as realising security (if any is held).

On a monthly basis, the Group via its Credit Committee, assesses whether Trade and GO-STOCK receivables are credit-impaired. All

individual instruments that are considered significant are subject to this approach. A financial asset is credit-impaired when one or more

events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. Evidence that a financial

asset is credit-impaired includes observable data such as significant financial difficulty of the debtor.

Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. The gross

carrying amount of a financial asset is written off when the Group has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its

entirety or a portion thereof.

13 Inventory

2026 2025

$000 $000

Merchandise 89,125 87,167

Wool and velvet inventory 19,039 14,577

less Provision for inventory write-down (2,672) (1,670)

105,492 100,074

During the year, inventories of $736.08 million (2025: $670.42 million) are included in cost of sales in the profit or loss (refer to Note 2 Cost of Sales).

Included within this amount is a write-down of inventories of $1.89 million (2025: $1.30 million) to net realisable value and reversals of previously

recognised write-downs of $0.17 million (2025: $0.49 million).

Inventories Accounting Policies

Raw materials and finished goods are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is determined on a weighted average cost

basis. In the case of manufactured goods, cost includes direct materials, labour and production overheads. Judgement is required in

determining the net realisable value for inventories.

14 Intangible Assets and Goodwill

CAPITAL WORK

SOFTWARE RIGHTS GOODWILL IN PROGRESS TOTAL

NOTE $000 $000 $000 $000

Cost

Balance as at 1 July 2024 30,794 2,497 – 23,128 56,419

Additions 15 15 – 10,550 10,580

Transfers 32,578 – – (32,578) –

Disposals (107) – – (82) (189)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 63,280 2,512 – 1,018 66,810

Balance as at 1 July 2025 63,280 2,512 – 1,018 66,810

Additions 179 34 – 718 931

Added as part of a business combination 15 – 7,443 11,487 – 18,930

Transfers 222 75 – (297) –

Disposals – – – – –

Balance as at 30 June 2026 63,681 10,064 11,487 1,439 86,671

Amortisation

Balance as at 1 July 2024 24,331 2,065 – – 26,396

Amortisation 1,804 11 – – 1,815

Transfers (107) – – – (107)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 26,028 2,076 – – 28,104

Balance as at 1 July 2025 26,028 2,076 – – 28,104

Amortisation 4,224 1,003 – – 5,227

Disposals – – – – –

Balance as at 30 June 2026 30,252 3,079 – – 33,331

Carrying amounts

30 June 2025 37,252 436 – 1,018 38,706

30 June 2026 33,429 6,985 11,487 1,439 53,340


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

8786

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

14 Intangible Assets and Goodwill (continued)

Intangible Assets and Goodwill Accounting Policies

Software

Software is a finite life intangible and is recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Amortisation is charged on a

straight-line basis over an estimated useful life between 1 and 15 years. The estimated useful life and amortisation method is reviewed at

the end of each annual reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.

Rights

Manufacturing and production rights are finite life intangibles and are recorded at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment.

Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life between 2 and 10 years. The estimated useful life and

amortisation method is reviewed at the end of each annual reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.

Capital Work in Progress

Capital work in progress includes the cost of materials, services, labour and direct production overheads and is stated net of impairments.

Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the

Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Separately recognised goodwill is tested

annually for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. It is carried at cost less

accumulated impairment losses (if any). Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash-generating units

or groups of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. The units or

groups of units are identified at the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

Impairment

The carrying amounts of the Group's intangible assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication

of impairment. Impairment testing uses the higher of value-in-use or fair value less cost of disposal calculations for operational cash

generating units. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. For intangible assets that have

indefinite lives, the recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. An impairment loss is recognised in the profit or loss if the

carrying amount of the asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Refer to the accounting policy under Note 5 Impairment and Fair Value

Gains/(Losses) for further explanation.

15 Acquisition of Subsidiary

Background of acquisition

On 7 July 2025 the Group announced the acquisition of Nexan Corporation Limited and its subsidiaries (Nexan), a leading New Zealand animal

health manufacturer that develops and markets a range of products for livestock. Nexan’s offering as an innovator aligns well with PGW’s strategic

objective of being the leader in bringing technical know-how and expertise to the market to benefit New Zealand farmers and growers.

The transaction completed on 31 July 2025.

The transaction resulted in the Group acquiring all of the shares and voting interests in Nexan for a purchase price of $19.91 million. A provisional

value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired was reported as a subsequent event in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended

30 June 2025. At that time the Group had yet to perform a review of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. In accordance with NZ IFRS 3

Business Combinations, these amounts are able to be retrospectively updated for a period of up to 12 months from the date of acquisition, to reflect

new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as at the acquisition date.

The Group has now finalised its review of the fair value of the net assets and liabilities acquired. Subsequent to the Group's interim financial

statement disclosure Goodwill has increased by $0.12 million to $11.49 million. This is the result of confirmation of values attributed to intangibles

acquired.

Revenue and earnings information

11 MONTHS TO

JUNE 2026

$000

Revenue 8,095

Net profit after tax 1,039

Revenue recorded by the acquiree following acquisition relates to sales made to PGW Group entities which are eliminated for Group reporting

purposes.

Acquisition costs

Acquisition costs of $0.02 million were incurred in the period to 30 June 2026 (30 June 2025: $0.12 million). These costs have been included within

Non-operating gains/losses in the Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss.

Consideration transferred

$000

Purchase price 19,914

Settlement of pre-existing relationships (1,963)

Total consideration paid to vendor

17,951

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 91.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

8988

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

15 Acquisition of subsidiary (continued)

PROVISIONAL ADJUSTMENTS TO FAIR VALUE

31 JULY 2025 FAIR VALUE 31 JULY 2025

$000 $000 $000

Value of identifiable assets and liabilities acquired

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents 254 – 254

Prepayments 13 2 15

Inventories 2,184 – 2,184

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment 540 (125) 415

Intangibles 165 7,278 7,443

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables (1,245) – (1,245)

Income tax payable (411) – (411)

GST payable (125) – (125)

Non-current liabilities

Deferred tax liability – (2,066) (2,066)

Net Assets Acquired 1,375 5,089 6,464

Goodwill acquired upon acquisition 16,576 (5,089) 11,487

Total net consideration 17,951 – 17,951

Plus Settlement of pre-existing relationships 1,963 – 1,963

Less cash and cash equivalents acquired (254) – (254)

Net cash outflow on acquisition 19,660 – 19,660

Intangibles

Intangibles relate to the fair value attributed to rights acquired for products that are produced by Nexan. Fair value has been determined using

a discounted cashflow approach. Rights are finite life intangible assets with an estimated useful life of seven years. The Group reviews estimated

useful lives at the end of each annual reporting period and adjusts where appropriate.

Goodwill

Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s interest in the net

fair value of the assets and liabilities of the acquiree. The Group sees synergies with the acquired company and the Group's existing operations,

including revenue growth opportunities and operational efficiencies. These synergies do not meet the criteria for separate recognition as

identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill has been attributed to the Nexan business CGU which is included within the Retail & Water Operating

Segment.

Following the Nexan acquisition, the Group has tested the carrying value of Goodwill at the reporting date. This was based on a value-in-use

calculation for the Nexan CGU using discounted future cash flow projections including the board approved 2027 budget. The calculations use past

experience and expectations for the future, and the recoverable amount of the cash generating units exceeds carrying value.

16 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities

Group as a lessee

The Group leases many assets, including:

– leases of land and buildings from which it conducts operations. These leases range in length from one to twenty-one years with various rights

of renewal. Where surplus properties are unable to be exited, the Group subleases these properties where possible and derives sublease

revenue on a short-term temporary basis.

– leases of motor vehicles and forklifts for use by employees, agents and representatives. These leases range for a period of between three and

seven years.

The Group elects not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term or low-value property leases. The Group continues to

expense lease payments associated with these leases on a straight-line basis.

A. Right-of-use assets

PROPERTY VEHICLES TOTAL

$000 $000 $000

Balance as at 1 July 2024 75,693 15,877 91,570

Additions 160 5,307 5,467

Depreciation charge (15,951) (7,398) (23,349)

Reassessments, modifications and terminations 6,003 1,641 7,644

Balance as at 30 June 2025 65,905 15,427 81,332

Balance as at 1 July 2025 65,905 15,427 81,332

Additions 7,151 7,775 14,926

Depreciation charge (16,620) (7,839) (24,459)

Reassessments, modifications and terminations 21,728 830 22,558

Balance as at 30 June 2026 78,164 16,193 94,357

B. Lease liabilities

PROPERTY VEHICLES TOTAL

$000 $000 $000

Balance as at 1 July 2024 80,197 16,469 96,666

Additions 140 5,307 5,447

Reassessments, modifications and terminations 6,007 1,636 7,643

Interest on lease liabilities 3,294 1,116 4,410

Lease payments (18,668) (8,350) (27,018)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 70,970 16,178 87,148

Balance as at 1 July 2025 70,970 16,178 87,148

Additions 7,031 7,775 14,806

Reassessments, modifications and terminations 21,732 821 22,553

Interest on lease liabilities 3,508 1,016 4,524

Lease payments (19,731) (8,824) (28,555)

Balance as at 30 June 2026 83,510 16,966 100,476

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 91.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

9190

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

16 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities (continued)

B. Lease liabilities (continued)

A maturity analysis of lease liabilities is included in Note 20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management.

Where practicable, the Group seeks to include extension options in new leases to provide operational flexibility. Some of the Group's property

leases contain extension options exercisable by the Group up to one year before the end of the non-cancellable contract period. The extension

options are exercisable only by the Group and not by the lessors. The Group assesses at the lease commencement date whether it is reasonably

certain to exercise the extension options. A reassessment is made subsequently if there is any significant event or significant changes in

circumstances within the Group's control. The Group estimates that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise all the extension

options, would result in an increase in lease liabilities of $94.47 million (2025: $109.47 million).

C. Other disclosures

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Amounts in the consolidated statement of profit or loss

Depreciation on right-of-use assets (24,459) (23,349)

Interest on lease liabilities 6 (4,524) (4,410)

Short-term or low-value lease expenses (678) (605)

Variable lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities (122) (97)

Income from subleasing right-of-use assets 1,209 1,035

Amounts in the consolidated statement of cash flows

Total cash outflow for leases (28,554) (27,018)

16 Right-of-Use Assets and Lease Liabilities (continued)

Lease Accounting Policies

The Group assesses at the inception of a contract as to whether the contract is, or contains, a lease as defined in NZ IFRS 16 Leases.

(i) As a lessee

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The Group elects not to recognise right-

of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term or low-value leases. The Group continues to expense lease payments associated with these

leases on a straight-line basis.

A number of judgements and estimates are made in calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability amounts. The judgements and

estimates include the applicable lease terms (including any rights of renewal expected to be exercised) and the Group's incremental

borrowing rate.

Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of lease liability adjusted for any prepaid lease

payments, plus any initial direct costs incurred and any estimated restoration costs, and less any lease incentives received. These assets are

depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the lease term or the asset's useful

life. Right-of-use assets are periodically reduced by impairment losses (if any) and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liabilities.

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date. Lease

payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed payments, variable lease payments that are based on an index

or a rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, and any exercise price the Group is reasonably certain to

exercise. The lease payments are discounted using the Group's incremental borrowing rate, being the rate that the Group would have to

pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a similar environment under similar terms and conditions.

After the commencement date, lease liabilities are increased to reflect interest on the lease liabilities and reduced to reflect the lease

payments made. Interest on lease liabilities is charged to the profit or loss and is the amount that produces a constant periodic rate of

interest on the remaining balance of the lease liabilities.

Lease liabilities are remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, a change in the

Group's estimate of any amount payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise

a purchase, extension or termination option. When the lease liabilities are remeasured, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying

amount of the right-of-use assets, or recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

(ii) As a lessor

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sublease separately. It assesses the lease

classification of a sublease with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease. The Group recognises lease payments

received under operating leases as income within the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 93.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

9392

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

17 Property, Plant and Equipment

PLANT AND CAPITAL WORK

LAND BUILDINGS EQUIPMENT IN PROGRESS TOTAL

NOTE $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Cost

Balance as at 1 July 2024 17,715 15,121 68,186 3,514 104,536

Additions – 759 1,626 4,555 6,940

Transfers – 782 3,345 (4,127) –

Disposals – – (1,086) (3) (1,089)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 17,715 16,662 72,071 3,939 110,387

Balance as at 1 July 2025 17,715 16,662 72,071 3,939 110,387

Additions – 1,657 3,239 1,152 6,048

Added as part of a business combination 15 – – 415 – 415

Transfers – 350 2,624 (2,974) –

Disposals (104) (1,405) (1,171) (196) (2,876)

Balance as at 30 June 2026 17,611 17,264 77,178 1,921 113,974

Depreciation

Balance as at 1 July 2024 – 5,269 47,669 – 52,938

Depreciation for the year – 851 5,050 – 5,901

Depreciation recovered to cost of goods sold – – 75 – 75

Transfers – 245 (245) – –

Disposals – – (889) – (889)

Balance as at 30 June 2025 – 6,365 51,660 – 58,025

Balance as at 1 July 2025 – 6,365 51,660 – 58,025

Depreciation for the year – 617 4,487 – 5,104

Depreciation recovered to cost of goods sold – – 52 – 52

Transfers – – – – –

Disposals – (150) (906) – (1,056)

Balance as at 30 June 2026 – 6,832 55,293 – 62,125

Carrying amounts

30 June 2025 17,715 10,297 20,411 3,939 52,362

30 June 2026 17,611 10,432 21,885 1,921 51,849

17 Property, Plant and Equipment (continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment Accounting Policies

Recognition and measurement

Capital work in progress is stated at cost, net of accumulated impairment losses. Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost

less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. The

cost of self-constructed assets includes the cost of materials and direct labour, any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset

to a working condition for its intended use, and the cost of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the site on which they are

located. Purchased software that is integral to the functionality of the related equipment is capitalised as part of that equipment. When

parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components)

of property, plant and equipment.

Any gain or loss on disposal of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the profit or loss during the reporting period that

the item is disposed.

Subsequent expenditure

Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only if it is probable that the future economic benefits associated with the expenditure will flow to

the Group and the cost can be measured reliably. The costs of day-to-day servicing of property, plant and equipment is recognised in profit

or loss as incurred.

Depreciation

Depreciation is recognised in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of each item of property, buildings, plant

and equipment. Leasehold assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives. Land is not depreciated. The

estimated useful lives for the current and comparative periods are between 2 and 40 years for plant and equipment and between 5 and 50

years for buildings. Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reassessed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Assets held for sale

Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through

continuing use. The sale must be highly probable and the asset available for immediate sale in its present condition. Non-current assets held

for sale are measured at the lower of the asset’s carrying amount and its fair value less costs to sell.

Impairment

The carrying amounts of the Group's property, plant and equipment assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there

is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated. An impairment loss

is recognised in the profit or loss if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the recoverable amount. Refer to the accounting policy under

Note 5 Impairment and Fair Value Gains/(Losses) for further explanation.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 97.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

9594

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

18 Trade and Other Payables

2026 2025

NOTE $000 $000

Trade creditors 160,899 125,549

Goods received but not invoiced 10,177 6,898

Contract liabilities 1,814 1,662

Employee entitlements 29,343 24,723

Accruals and other liabilities 11,675 14,860

Other provisions (including product warranty, client claim and make good provisions) 18A, 18B 2,888 2,618

Loyalty reward programme 22A 1,848 1,625

218,644 177,935

Payable within 12 months 215,989 175,205

Payable beyond 12 months 2,655 2,730

218,644 177,935

A. Make good provision on leased properties

During the year ended 30 June 2026, the Group recognised additional provisions of $0.12 million (2025: $0.02 million) in respect of new property

leases entered into during the year. These additional provisions have been capitalised to the right-of-use assets and are amortised over the life of

the right-of-use assets. The Group also released $0.18 million (2025: $0.08 million) of provision in respect to leased properties which it exited. At the

reporting date, the balance of the make good provision is $2.56 million (2025: $2.62 million). The Group expects to settle this liability over the next

10-21 years as the leases expire.

B. Client claims provision

The Group receives client claims from time to time as part of the ordinary course of business and these claims are reviewed on a case by case basis

to determine validity. As at balance date, the Group was in the process of reviewing certain claims for the supply of goods which are typically the

responsibility of suppliers under terms of trade. The Group recognises a provision for its best estimate of any obligation.

19 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability)

The Group makes contributions to the PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan is governed under one trust deed and the

assets of the Plan are unallocated to any of the Plan members. The Plan provides a range of superannuation and insurance benefits for employees

and former employees. The Plan is registered under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The Plan is not open to new members. Certain

retired employees of the Plan are entitled to receive an annual pension payment payable for their remaining life, and in some cases, for the

remaining life of a surviving partner.

The Group accounts for its interest in the Plan as a defined benefit plan with defined benefit obligations in accordance with NZ IAS 19 Employee

Benefits because the Group has a legal obligation to pay further contributions, if the Plan does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee

benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. The Group has an obligation to ensure the Plan has sufficient assets to pay

the benefits of all members of the Plan.

The actuarial calculations for the Plan are undertaken by Michael Chamberlain, a fellow of the New Zealand Society of Actuaries, for MCA NZ

Limited.

2026 2025 2024 2023 2022

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Present value of funded obligations

– Defined Benefit component (18,344) (20,147) (21,648) (22,723) (26,272)

– Other Contribution component (24,462) (24,904) (24,995) (23,886) (22,893)

Total Present value of funded obligations (42,806) (45,051) (46,643) (46,609) (49,165)

Fair value of plan assets

– Defined Benefit component 18,845 20,347 20,931 21,647 24,146

– Other Contribution component 24,462 24,904 24,995 23,886 22,893

Total Fair value of plan assets 43,307 45,251 45,926 45,533 47,039

Total defined benefit asset/(liability) 501 200 (717) (1,076) (2,126)

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 97.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

9796

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

19 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability) (continued)

A. Movement in net defined benefit asset/(liability)

NET DEFINED BENEFIT

DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS ASSET/(LIABILITY)

2026 2025 2026 2025 2026 2025

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Balance as at 1 July (45,051) (46,643) 45,251 45,926 200 (717)

Included in profit or loss:

Current service costs (364) (411) – – (364) (411)

Interest costs (1,982) (2,079) 2,001 2,052 19 (27)

Included in other comprehensive income:

Gains/(losses) from change in demographic assumptions – – – – – –

Gains/(losses) from change in financial assumptions (208) (168) – – (208) (168)

Experience gains/(losses) 712 (963) – – 712 (963)

Expected return on plan assets – – (614) 1,818 (614) 1,818

Other:

Employer contributions – – 756 668 756 668

Member contributions (665) (470) 665 470 – –

Benefits paid by the Plan 4,752 5,683 (4,752) (5,683) – –

Balance as at 30 June (42,806) (45,051) 43,307 45,251 501 200

The Group expects to pay $0.34 million in contributions to the Plan during the 2027 reporting period (2026: expected $0.36 million and paid $0.76

million). Member contributions are expected to be $0.48 million in 2027 (2026: expected $0.51 million and paid $0.67 million).

As at 30 June 2026, the weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation (DBO) is 10.58 years for the Plan (2025: 10.49 years).

B. Plan assets

2026 2025

% %

Consist of:

Equities 50 51

Fixed interest 34 24

Cash 16 25

100 100

Plan assets do not include any exposure to the Company's ordinary shares (2025: Nil).

C. Actuarial assumptions at the reporting date

2026 2025

% %

Discount rate used – Implied 10.58 year New Zealand Government Bond rate

(2025: Implied 10.49 year New Zealand Government Bond rate) 4.44 4.59

Inflation 2.00 2.00

Future salary increases 2.50 2.50

Future pension increases 1.65 1.65

19 Defined Benefit Asset/(Liability) (continued)

C. Actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (continued)

Assumptions regarding future mortality rates based on published statistics and experience:

2026 2026 2025 2025

MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE

YEARS YEARS YEARS YEARS

Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners 21 24 21 24

Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45 23 25 23 25

D. Sensitivity analysis

The sensitivity of the DBO to changes in the weighted principal assumptions is:

2026 2026 2025 2025

DBO (INCREASE) DBO (INCREASE) DBO (INCREASE) DBO (INCREASE)

/ DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH / DECREASE WITH

INCREASE IN DECREASE IN INCREASE IN DECREASE IN

ASSUMPTION ASSUMPTION ASSUMPTION ASSUMPTION

$000 $000 $000 $000

Discount rate (0.50% movement) 685 (728) 721 (811)

Salary growth rate (0.50% movement) (22) 21 (45) 45

Pension growth rate (0.25% movement) (300) 342 (360) 360

Life expectancy (1 year movement) (1,327) 1,370 (1,397) 1,442

Employee Benefits Accounting Policies

Defined benefit plans

The Group's net obligation with respect to its defined benefit plan is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees

have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan

assets. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group's

obligations. The calculation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results

in a potential asset for the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the lower of the net assets of the Plan or the current value of the

contributions holiday that is expected to be generated.

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit asset or liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets, are

recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the defined benefit plan reserve in equity. Net interest expense and other expenses

related to defined benefit plans are recognised in profit or loss.

Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the undiscounted amount of

short-term employee benefits expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result

of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Long-term employee benefits

Provisions made with respect to employee benefits which are not expected to be settled within 12 months are measured as the present

value of the estimated future cash outflows to be made by the Group with respect to services provided by employees up to the reporting

date. Remeasurements are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 103.

Refer to

Accounting

Policies

– page 103.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

9998

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management

A. Accounting classifications and fair values

The tables below set out the Group's classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values.

FAIR VALUE

THROUGH AT AMORTISED TOTAL CARRYING

PROFIT OR LOSS COST AMOUNT FAIR VALUE

$000 $000 $000 $000

2026

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents – 3,995 3,995 3,995

Derivative assets 785 – 785 785

Trade and other receivables and contract assets – 182,746 182,746 182,746

GO-STOCK receivables – 91,291 91,291 91,291

Other investments – 242 242 242

785 278,274 279,059

Financial liabilities

Debt – (92,000) (92,000) (92,000)

Derivative liabilities (691) – (691) (691)

Trade creditors – (160,899) (160,899) (160,899)

Goods received but not invoiced – (10,177) (10,177) (10,177)

Lease liabilities – (100,476) (100,476)

(691) (363,552) (364,243)

2025

Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents – 2,613 2,613 2,613

Derivative assets 240 – 240 240

Trade and other receivables and contract assets – 152,490 152,490 152,490

GO-STOCK receivables – 84,262 84,262 84,262

Other investments – 242 242 242

240 239,607 239,847

Financial liabilities

Debt – (88,182) (88,182) (88,182)

Derivative liabilities (1,576) – (1,576) (1,576)

Trade creditors – (125,549) (125,549) (125,549)

Goods received but not invoiced – (6,898) (6,898) (6,898)

Lease liabilities – (87,148) (87,148)

(1,576) (307,777) (309,353)

Management assessed that the fair values of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, trade creditors and other current liabilities approximate

their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

A. Accounting classifications and fair values (continued)

Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value by valuation method. The different levels have been defined as follows:

– Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

– Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or

indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

– Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 LEVEL 3 TOTAL

$000 $000 $000 $000

2026

Derivative assets – 785 – 785

Derivative liabilities – (691) – (691)

2025

Derivative assets – 240 – 240

Derivative liabilities – (1,576) – (1,576)

B. Financial management risk

The Group's primary risks are those of liquidity and funding, credit and market (foreign currency, price and interest rate) risks.

The Group is committed to the management of risk to achieve sustainability of service, employment and profits, and therefore, takes on controlled

amounts of risk when considered appropriate. The Board of Directors is responsible for the review and ratification of the Group's systems of risk

management, internal compliance and control, code of conduct and legal compliance. The Board maintains a formal set of delegated authorities

(including policies for credit and treasury) that clearly define the responsibilities delegated to Management and those retained by the Board. The

Board approves these delegated authorities and reviews them annually.

The following Management committees review and manage key risks:

– The Senior Management Team meets regularly to consider new and emerging risks, review actions required to manage and mitigate key risks,

and to monitor progress.

– The Credit Committee, comprising of Management appointees, meets regularly to review credit risk, account limits and provisioning.

Management formally reports on all aspects of key risks to the Audit Committee at least two times each year.

(i) Liquidity and funding risks

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulties in raising funds at short notice to meet commitments associated with financial

instruments. Funding risk is the risk of over-reliance on a funding source to the extent that a change in that funding source could increase overall

funding costs or cause difficulty in raising funds.

The Group manages liquidity risk by forecasting daily cash requirements and future funding requirements, and maintaining an adequate liquidity

headroom. The Group monitors its liquidity daily, weekly and monthly and maintains appropriate liquid assets and committed bank funding

facilities to meet all obligations in a timely and cost efficient manner. The Group has a policy of funding diversification and utilises a banking

syndicate to limit concentration risk in relation to liquidity and funding. The funding policy augments the Group's liquidity policy with its aim to

ensure the Group has a stable diversified funding base without over-reliance on any one market sector.

The objectives of the Group's funding and liquidity policy is to:

– Ensure all financial obligations are met when due;

– Provide adequate protection, even under crisis scenarios; and

– Achieve competitive funding within the limitations of liquidity requirements.

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 103.

Refer to

Accounting

Policies

– page 103.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

101100

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

B. Financial management risk (continued)

(i) Liquidity and funding risks (continued)

Contractual maturity analysis

The following schedule analyses the Group's financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance

date to the contractual maturity date (reported on an undiscounted basis). History demonstrates that such accounts provide a stable source of

long term funding for the Group.

CONTRACTUAL CASH FLOW

AMOUNT IN

STATEMENT OF

WITHIN BEYOND FINANCIAL

12 MONTHS 1 TO 5 YEARS 5 YEARS TOTAL POSITION

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

2026

Debt 6,743 107,172 – 113,915 92,000

Derivative liabilities 663 28 – 691 691

Trade creditors 160,899 – – 160,899 160,899

Goods received but not invoiced 10,177 – – 10,177 10,177

Lease liabilities 27,597 63,878 32,514 123,989 100,476

206,079 171,078 32,514 409,671 364,243

2025

Debt 7,029 95,079 – 102,108 88,182

Derivative liabilities 1,425 151 – 1,576 1,576

Trade creditors 125,549 – – 125,549 125,549

Goods received but not invoiced 6,898 – – 6,898 6,898

Lease liabilities 24,869 62,971 8,954 96,794 87,148

165,770 158,201 8,954 332,925 309,353

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities

LEASE

CHANGES IN ADDITIONS AND

1 JUL 2025 CASHFLOW FAIR VALUE MODIFICATIONS 30 JUN 2026

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Debt 88,182 3,818 – – 92,000

Lease liabilities 87,148 (24,030) – 37,358 100,476

Total liabilities from financing activities 175,330 (20,212) – 37,358 192,476

LEASE

CHANGES IN ADDITIONS AND

1 JUL 2024 CASHFLOW FAIR VALUE MODIFICATIONS 30 JUN 2025

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

Debt 63,000 25,182 – – 88,182

Lease liabilities 96,666 (22,608) – 13,090 87,148

Total liabilities from financing activities 159,666 2,574 – 13,090 175,330

20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

B. Financial management risk (continued)

(ii) Credit risk

Credit risk is the potential for loss that could occur as a result of a counterparty failing to discharge its obligations. This may be due to extreme

weather events or volatility in commodity prices.

Concentrations of credit risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Group to concentrations of credit risk principally consist of bank balances, trade receivables,

GO-STOCK receivables, other receivables, other investments and forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group places its cash with three major

trading banks. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade and GO-STOCK receivables are limited due to the large number of customers

included in the Group's farming customer base in New Zealand.

(iii) Market risk

Market risk is the potential for change in the value recorded in the Statement of Financial Position caused by a change in the value, volatility or

relationship between market risks and prices. Market risk arises from the mismatch between assets and liabilities, both on and off balance sheet.

Market risk includes price, foreign currency and interest rate risk which are explained as follows:

Concentrations of market risk

The Group has exposure to commodity pricing risk on wool and velvet inventories and forward wool and velvet sales and purchase contracts. This

is mitigated by the Group having policies around unmatched positions. Other inventory is of merchandise nature and the Group has a range of

suppliers or has entered into long-term supply agreements.

Foreign currency risk

The Group undertakes transactions denominated in foreign currencies and exposure to movements in foreign currency arises from these activities.

The Group manages this risk by using forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency risks as they arise.

Foreign currency exposure risk

The Group's exposure to foreign currency risk is summarised below. The notional forward exchange cover includes forward foreign exchange

contracts entered into to economically hedge forward sale and purchase commitments.

GBP USD AUD CHF EURO

NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000 NZ$000

2026

Cash and cash equivalents – 1 1 – 2

Trade receivables 231 2,262 1 – 5,107

Trade creditors (1,762) (17,264) (322) – (2,718)

Net amount recorded within the Statement of Financial Position

(1,530) (15,000) (320) – 2,392

Forward exchange contracts on the above items

and forward sale and purchase commitments

Notional forward exchange cover 884 11,154 (563) (654) (17,943)

Net unhedged position

(2,414) (26,154) 243 654 20,334

2025

Cash and cash equivalents – – – – 346

Trade receivables 456 1,429 445 – 5,900

Trade creditors (2,035) (11,815) (790) – (3,956)

Net amount recorded within the Statement of Financial Position

(1,579) (10,386) (345) – 2,290

Forward exchange contracts on the above items

and forward sale and purchase commitments

Notional forward exchange cover 426 5,988 355 – (19,101)

Net unhedged position

(2,004) (16,374) (700) – 21,391

Refer to
Accounting

Policies

– page 103.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

103102

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

20 Financial Instruments – Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

B. Financial management risk (continued)

(iii) Market risk (continued)

Interest rate risk

Floating rate borrowings are used for general funding activities. Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments and the interest

margin will fluctuate as a result of changes in market interest rates. The risk is that financial assets may be repriced at a different time and/or by a

different amount than financial liabilities.

This risk is managed by operating within approved policy limits using an interest rate duration approach. Interest rate swaps, interest rate options

and forward rate agreements may be used to hedge the floating rate exposure as deemed appropriate. The Group had no interest rate derivatives

at 30 June 2026 (2025: Nil).

Interest rate repricing schedule

The following tables include the Group's liabilities at their carrying amounts, categorised by the earlier of contractual repricing or maturity dates:

WITHIN 1 TO 2 OVER NON-INTEREST

12 MONTHS YEARS 2 YEARS BEARING TOTAL

$000 $000 $000 $000 $000

2026

Debt – – 92,000 – 92,000

Derivative liabilities – – – 691 691

Trade creditors – – – 160,899 160,899

Goods received but not invoiced – – – 10,177 10,177

– – 92,000 171,767 263,767

2025

Debt – 88,182 – – 88,182

Derivative liabilities – – – 1,576 1,576

Trade creditors – – – 125,549 125,549

Goods received but not invoiced – – – 6,898 6,898

– 88,182 – 134,023 222,205

Sensitivity analysis

The Group's Treasury Policy effectively insulates earnings from the effect of short-term fluctuations in either foreign exchange or interest rates. Over

the longer term however, permanent changes in foreign exchange rates and interest rates will have an impact on the profit or loss. A 2% change in

interest rate has been modelled as it is considered a reasonably possible change (2025: 2%). The sensitivity of net profit after tax for the year ended

30 June 2026 and 30 June 2025, and shareholders equity as at those dates, to reasonably possible changes in conditions is shown below.

INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES INTEREST RATES

INCREASE BY 2% INCREASE BY 2% DECREASE BY 2% DECREASE BY 2%

2026 2025 2026 2025

$000 $000 $000 $000

Increase/(decrease) in net profit after tax and shareholders' equity (1,887) (1,475) 1,927 1,458

Other market risks such as pricing and foreign exchange are not considered likely to lead to material change over the next reporting period. The

Group's financial assets and liabilities are predominantly held in New Zealand Dollars (NZD). For this reason, a sensitivity analysis of these market

risks is not included.

C. Capital management

The capital of the Group consists of share capital, reserves, and retained earnings. The policy of the Group is to maintain a strong capital base so

as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence while providing the ability to develop future business initiatives. This policy has not been

changed during the period.

20 Financial Instruments - Fair Values and Risk Management (continued)

Non-Derivative Financial Instruments Accounting Policies

(i) Non-derivative financial assets

Non-derivative financial assets comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, GO-STOCK receivables and investments in

equity and debt securities.

The Group initially recognises financial assets on the date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the

instrument, although trade receivables are initially recognised when they are originated.

Financial assets are initially measured at fair value. If the financial asset is not subsequently measured at fair value through profit or loss, the

initial investment includes transaction costs that are directly attributable to the asset's acquisition or origination. The Group subsequently

measures financial assets at either fair value or amortised cost.

Financial assets measured at amortised cost

A financial asset is subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method and net of any impairment loss, if:

– the asset is held within a business model with an objective to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

– the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Financial assets measured at fair value

Financial assets other than those classified as financial assets measured at amortised cost are subsequently measured at fair value with all

changes recognised in the profit or loss. However, for investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, the Group may elect at

initial recognition to present gains and losses through other comprehensive income. For instruments measured at fair value through other

comprehensive income gains and losses are never reclassified to profit or loss and no impairments are recognised in profit or loss.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and deposits held on call with banks. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and

form an integral part of the Group's cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents.

Trade and other receivables and GO-STOCK receivables

Trade and other receivables and GO-STOCK receivables are stated at their amortised cost less impairment losses.

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities

Interest-bearing borrowings

Interest-bearing borrowings are classified as other financial liabilities and are initially recognised at fair value plus any directly attributable

transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Trade and other payables

Trade and other payables are recognised at cost and are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method after

initial recognition.

(iii) Determination of fair values for non-derivative financial instruments

Fair value, which is determined for disclosure purposes, is calculated based on the present value of future principal and interest cash flows,

discounted at the market rate of interest at the reporting date.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

105104

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

21 Commitments

A. Capital expenditure not provided for

The Group has capital commitments of $0.53 million as at 30 June 2026 (2025: $0.48 million).

B. Forward purchase commitments

The Group as part of its ordinary course of business enters into forward purchase agreements with wool and velvet growers. These commitments

extend for periods of up to 2 years and are at varying stages of execution. There remains uncertainty associated with yield, quality and market

price. Therefore, the Group is unable to sufficiently quantify the value of these commitments.

C. Forward sales commitments

The Group as part of its ordinary course of business enters into forward sales agreements with wool and velvet customers. These commitments

extend for periods of up to 2 years and are at varying stages of execution. There remains uncertainty associated with yield, quality and market

price. Therefore, the Group is unable to sufficiently quantify the value of these commitments.

22 Contingent Liabilities

A. PGG Wrightson Loyalty Reward Programme

The Group recognises a provision for the expected level of points redemption from the PGG Wrightson Max Rewards loyalty reward programme. At

the reporting date, the balance of live points which does not form part of the recognised provision total $0.12 million (2025: $0.10 million). Losses

are not expected to arise from this contingent liability. Revenue in respect of the loyalty reward programme is deferred until such time as the

reward is claimed by the customer.

B. Claims

The Group receives client claims as part of the ordinary course of business in the supply of goods and services. The Group will pursue recovery

of claims with suppliers where appropriate under terms of trade. Accordingly, the amount of any potential obligation in respect of these claims

cannot be estimated with sufficient reliability.

23 Seasonality of Operations

The Group is subject to significant seasonal fluctuations. The Group's earnings are weighted towards the first half of the financial year and are

primarily related to the Retail business, as demand for New Zealand farming inputs are generally weighted towards the spring season. The second

half earnings predominantly relate to Livestock trading as farmers seek to maximise their income following New Zealand's spring calving and

lambing season. Other business units have similar but less material seasonal fluctuations. The Group recognises that this seasonality is the nature

of the industry and plans and manages its business accordingly.

24 Subsequent Events

Dividend

On 10 August 2026, the Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited resolved to pay a final dividend of 5.5 cents per share on 6 October 2026 to

shareholders on the Company's share register as at 5.00pm on 11 September 2026. This dividend will be fully imputed.

25 Related Parties

A. Key management personnel compensation

2026 2025

$000 $000

Short-term employee benefits 4,980 4,779

Post-employment benefits 203 114

5,183 4,893

B. Other transactions with key management personnel

Certain key management personnel (including one director) or their related parties have transacted with the Group during the reporting period.

The aggregate value of these transactions and outstanding balances (on a GST inclusive basis) were as follows:

TRANSACTION BALANCE TRANSACTION BALANCE

VALUE OUTSTANDING VALUE OUTSTANDING

KEY MANAGEMENT 2026 2026 2025 2025

PERSONNEL TRANSACTION $000 $000 $000 $000

Nick Berry Purchase of retail goods 2 – 2 –

Julian Daly Purchase of retail goods – – 1 –

Stephen Guerin Purchase of retail goods, power on-charge

transactions and livestock transactions 63 – 13 –

Peter Newbold Purchase of retail goods and fuel

on-charge transactions 3 – 31 –

Peter Scott Fuel on-charge transactions 2 – 4 –

John Nichol Purchase of retail goods


(appointed 14 October 2025)

130 2 – –

26 Reporting Entity

PGG Wrightson Limited (the "Company") is a company domiciled in New Zealand and registered under the Companies Act 1993 in New Zealand.

The Company's registered office is at 1 Robin Mann Place, Christchurch. The Company is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange and is an FMC

Reporting Entity for the purposes of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.

The consolidated financial statements of PGG Wrightson for the year ended 30 June 2026 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together

referred to as the "Group"). The Group is primarily involved in the provision of goods and services within the agricultural and horticultural sectors.

OWNERSHIP INTEREST

COUNTRY OF 2026 2025

SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES INCORPORATION DIRECT PARENT % %

Bidr Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100

Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100

NZ Agritrade Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100

PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan Trustee Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100

PGG Wrightson Investments Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100

PGG Wrightson Real Estate Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 100

Nexan Corporation Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 –

Nexan Limited New Zealand PGG Wrightson Limited 100 –


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

107106

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

27 Basis of Preparation

A. Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice ("NZ

GAAP"). They comply with International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, the New

Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards ("NZ IFRS") and other applicable Financial Reporting Standards, as appropriate

for a Tier 1 for-profit entity. These consolidated financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Financial

Markets Conduct Act 2013 and the Financial Reporting Act 2013.

B. Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following:

– Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value.

C. Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars ($), which is the functional currency of each of the Group entities. All

amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Use of estimates and judgements

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application

of the Group's accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these

estimates and assumptions.

Estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised prospectively.

Information about critical judgements made in applying accounting policies, assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have the most

significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements is included in the following notes:

Note

11 Carrying value of trade and other receivables

12 Carrying value of GO-STOCK receivables

13 Carrying value of inventories

15 Acquisition of subsidiary

19 Measurement of defined benefit asset/(liability) – key actuarial assumptions

E. Comparative information

Certain comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current reporting period’s presentation.

28 Other Material Accounting Policies

The accounting policies set out in these consolidated financial statements have been applied consistently to all reporting periods presented in

these consolidated financial statements, and have been applied consistently by Group entities.

A. Basis of consolidation

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its

involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are

included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances, and any unrealised income or expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated

financial statements. Unrealised gains arising from transactions with equity accounted investees are eliminated against the investment to the

extent of the Group's interest in the investee. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent that there

is no evidence of impairment.

B. Foreign currency

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the group entities at the exchange rates at the dates of

the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the reporting

date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to the functional currency at the

exchange rate at the date that fair value was determined. Non-monetary items that are measured based on historical cost in a foreign currency

are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign currency differences arising are recognised in

profit or loss.

C. Disclosure of non-GAAP financial information

Non-GAAP reporting measures have been presented in the consolidated statement of profit or loss or referenced to in the notes to the

consolidated financial statements. The following non-GAAP measures are relevant to the understanding of the Group's financial performance:

– Operating EBITDA represents earnings before net interest expense, foreign exchange items, income tax, depreciation, amortisation, the results

from discontinued operations, impairments and fair value adjustments and non-operating items.

– EBIT represents earnings before net interest expense, foreign exchange items, income tax expense and the results from discontinued

operations.

The Directors and Management believe the Operating EBITDA and EBIT measures provide useful information as they provide valuable insight

on the underlying performance of the business. They are used internally to evaluate the underlying performance of the business and to analyse

trends.

These measures are not uniformly defined or utilised by all companies. Accordingly, these measures may not be comparable with similarly titled

measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed in isolation nor considered as a substitute for measures

reported in accordance with NZ IFRS.

D. Standards issued but not yet effective

The new and amended standards and interpretations that are issued, but have not yet commenced to apply, up to the date of issuance of the

Group’s financial statements are disclosed below. The Group intends to adopt these standards, if applicable, when they become effective.

NZ IFRS 9 and NZ IFRS 7 – Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments

Amendments have been issued which clarify requirements relating to the classification and measurement of financial instruments and introduce

additional disclosure requirements. These amendments are effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2026, with earlier

application permitted. The Group does not expect these amendments will have a material impact on the Group's financial statements and/or

notes to the financial statements.


Additional Financial Disclosures

| Ngā Whakapuakanga Pūtea Tāpiri

108

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

109

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

For the year ended 30 June 2026

28 Other Material Accounting Policies (continued)

D. Standards issued but not yet effective (continued)

IFRS 18 Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements

In May 2024, the XRB issued NZ IFRS 18 – Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements to improve reporting of financial performance. NZ

IFRS 18 replaces NZ IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements. It carries forward many requirements from NZ IAS 1 unchanged and introduces

increased disclosure of management defined performance measures as well as new principles for aggregation and disaggregation of information

included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. NZ IFRS 18 is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2027, but

earlier application is permitted for accounting periods that end after 20 June 2024 and must be disclosed. NZ IFRS 18 will apply retrospectively.

The Group continues to work to identify all impacts the amendments will have on the primary financial statements and notes to the financial

statements.

There were no new standards, amendments or interpretations adopted during the year that had a material impact on the Group's financial

statements.

29 Capital and Reserves

Share capital

All shares are ordinary fully paid shares with no par value, carry equal voting rights and share equally in any profit on the winding up of the Group.

Realised capital and revaluation reserve

The realised capital reserve comprises the cumulative net capital gains that have been realised. The revaluation reserve relates to historic

revaluations of property, plant and equipment.

Defined benefit plan reserve

The defined benefit plan reserve contains actuarial gains and losses on plan assets and defined benefit obligations. During the year ended 30 June

2026, an amount of $0.15 million, which represents the Employee Superannuation Contribution Tax (ESCT ) on the lump sum cash contribution,

was transferred from the defined benefit reserve to retained earnings (30 June 2025: $0.10 million).

Retained earnings/deficit

The retained earnings or deficit equals accumulated undistributed profits or losses.

Dividends

The following dividends were declared and paid by the Company.

PAYMENT DATE $ PER SHARE

2026 interim dividend – fully imputed 08-Apr-26 0.045

2025 final dividend – fully imputed 03-Oct-25 0.040

Share Capital Accounting Policies

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of ordinary shares are recognised as a deduction

from equity.

Repurchase of ordinary shares

When shares recognised as equity are repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised

as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are cancelled. However, treasury stock for which unrestricted ownership has not yet been

transferred are not cancelled.

Independent auditor’s report to the shareholders of PGG Wrightson Limited

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of PGG Wrightson Limited (the “Company”) and its

subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on pages 63 to 108, which comprise the consolidated statement

of financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2026, and the consolidated statement of

comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of

cash flows for the year then ended of the Group, and the notes to the consolidated financial

statements including material accounting policy information.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 63 to 108 present fairly, in all material

respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2026 and its consolidated

financial performance and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand

Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting

Standards.

This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit has been undertaken

so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders those matters we are required to state to them

in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not

accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s shareholders,

as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand). Our

responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the

audit of the

financial statements section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance

with Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners

(including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing

and Assurance Standards Board as applicable to audits of financial statements of public interest

entities. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with Professional and

Ethical Standard 1.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis

for our opinion.

Ernst & Young provides research and development taxation incentive services to the Group. Partners

and employees of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of

trading activities of the business of the Group. We have no other relationship with, or interest in, the

Group.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in

our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These matters were addressed

in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our

opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below,

our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.

A member fir m of Ernst & Yo ung Global Limited


A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited

110
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

111

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited



We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the

financial statements section of the audit report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly,

our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks

of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of our audit procedures, including

the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the

accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Provisions for impairment of trade and GO-STOCK receivables

Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter

At 30 June 2026, the consolidated statement of

financial position includes trade and GO-STOCK

receivables of $277.8 million, representing 46%

of the Group’s total assets. The receivables

balance is reported net of impairment

provisions for trade and GO-STOCK receivables

of $6.4 million.


This is a key audit matter because of the

judgement involved in assessing the adequacy of

the impairment provisions. Management’s

assessment of recoverability requires

consideration of historical loss experience,

customer-specific circumstances, and forward-

looking economic information, all of which

involve estimation uncertainty.


Disclosures in relation to trade and GO-STOCK

receivables and the related impairment

provisions are included in notes 11 and 12 of

the Group financial statements.


Our audit procedures included the following:

• obtained an understanding of

management’s receivables provisioning

process;

• assessed management’s provisioning

methods and whether they comply with

NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments;

• considered the inputs, assumptions and

estimates used or made by

management;

• tested the ageing of receivables by

agreeing the recorded ageing of a

sample of trade receivables to sales

documentation;

• considered sector-based performance

indicators, including commodity price

movements for beef and sheep and sector

outlooks, to:

o assess the appropriateness of

management’s considerations and

judgements in receivables

provisioning, and

o consider indications of any

material change in credit risk on

trade and GO-STOCK receivables;

• considered the appropriateness and

sufficiency of the disclosures related to

trade and GO-STOCK receivables

provisioning.




Inventory valuation

Why significant How our audit addressed the key audit matter

At 30 June 2026, the consolidated statement of

financial position includes inventory totalling

$105.5 million, net of a provision for inventory

write-down of $2.7 million.

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and

the net realisable value (‘NRV’). The NRV of

inventories is the estimated selling price in the

ordinary course of business less estimated cost

to sell. In assessing this provision, consideration

of the realisable value of slow moving or

obsolete inventories is required.

This is a key audit matter because of the

significance of inventory to the Group’s financial

position and because the cost of inventory

includes adjustments to reflect variable pricing

arrangements with suppliers, which require

estimation.

Disclosures in relation to inventory and the

inventory provision are included in note 13 to

the Group financial statements.


Our audit procedures included the following:

•tested a sample of recorded inventory

cost to supplier invoices;

•assessed the inputs into, and calculation

of, adjustments to inventory value to

take account of variable pricing

arrangements with suppliers;

•confirmed with a sample of suppliers the

amount of purchases from them subject

to variable pricing arrangements for the

year, and the amounts receivable from

them at year end;

•tested a sample of inventory items to

subsequent sales and evaluated the

appropriateness of management’s

provision for inventory write-down,

which takes account of slow-moving and

obsolete inventory;

•considered the appropriateness and

sufficiency of the disclosures related to

the valuation of inventory.

Information other than the financial statements and auditor’s report

The directors of the Company are responsible for the other information. The other information

comprises the annual report, but does not include the financial statements and our auditor’s report

thereon. The other information is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditor’s

report.

Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and we do

not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is to read the

other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent

with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit, or otherwise

appears to be materially misstated.

When we read the annual report, if we conclude that there is a material misstatement therein, we are

required to communicate the matter to those charged with governance and, if uncorrected, to take

appropriate action to bring the matter to the attention of users for whom our auditor’s report was

prepared.

Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements

The directors are responsible, on behalf of the entity, for the preparation and fair presentation of the

consolidated financial statements in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International

Financial Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited



A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited

112
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari

Corporate Governance

and Board Charter

Incorporating Disclosure of Compliance with the

NZX Corporate Governance Code

Te Whakauru Mai i Ngā Whakapuakanga Tautuku me

Ngā Tikanga Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū a NZX

control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that

are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing on

behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,

matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors

either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial

statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to

issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,

but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing

(New Zealand) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from

fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably

be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated

financial statements.

A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is

located at the External Reporting Board’s website: https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-

standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1-1/. This description forms part of our auditor’s

report.

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is Brendan

Summerfield.

Chartered Accountants

Christchurch

10 August 2026

A member fir m of Ernst & Yo ung Global Limited

Coastal Walk, Canterbury,

photographed by Janine McIvor for the

2025 PGW LandMarks Photo Collection.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026

|

113


A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

115

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

114

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Introduction

The Board of PGG Wrightson Limited is committed to acting with integrity and expects high

standards of behaviour and accountability from all of PGG Wrightson’s officers and staff. As part of this

commitment, the Board has adopted this Corporate Governance Code which incorporates the Board

Charter in section 2 below.

PGG Wrightson complies with the Recommendations in the NZX 31 March 2026 Corporate

Governance Code (NZX Code) except where specifically disclosed. This Corporate Governance

section is current as at 30 June 2026 and has been approved by PGG Wrightson’s Board of Directors.

The Board’s primary objective is the creation of shareholder value and ensuring effective and

innovative use of PGG Wrightson’s resources in providing customer satisfaction. PGG Wrightson will

be a good employer and a responsible corporate citizen.

The Code of Conduct is intended to guide Directors and

employees in carrying out their duties and responsibilities.

It supports decision-making that is consistent with PGG

Wrightson’s values and obligations. It reflects expectations that

Directors and employees of the PGG Wrightson Group will:

Comply with appropriate standards including all applicable

laws, regulations, codes, policies and procedures and lawful

and reasonable directions;

Behave in an ethical and professional manner in a way that

upholds the PGG Wrightson Group Values and maintains

public confidence in our professionalism, honesty and

integrity;

Use PGG Wrightson resources, assets, time, funds and

information only for their authorised/intended purpose;

Treat customers, suppliers, other PGG Wrightson personnel

and third parties with respect, courtesy, dignity, and taking

account of interests of shareholders and other stakeholders;

Ensure their own and others’ health, safety and wellbeing in

the workplace, and protect the environment;

Avoid and/or disclose any Conflicts of Interest (real or

apparent). PGG Wrightson Group has a detailed Conflicts

of Interest Policy which contains good practice guidelines

surrounding the identification, disclosure and management

of staff conflicts of interest;

Follow company policy on receiving and giving gifts and

gratuities;

Protect PGG Wrightson Group assets and comply with our

Group Fraud Prevention Policy;

Give proper attention to all matters and create an open

communication environment that results in all material

items being brought to the attention of Directors and the

appropriate management; and

Protect the confidentiality and intellectual property rights

of all non-public information relating to our customers,

suppliers, PGG Wrightson personnel and business.

The Code of Conduct, and where to find it, is communicated to

all staff and is included in regular staff training and inductions.

The Code of Conduct provides mechanisms to report breaches

of the Code including unethical behaviour and specifies the

disciplinary procedures in place for any breaches. It is the

responsibility of the Board to review the Code of Conduct, to

implement the Code and to monitor compliance. If there has

been a material breach of the Code of Conduct, the Board will be

notified by the Chief Executive. No instances of material breaches

have been reported during the course of the financial year to 30

June 2026.

PGG Wrightson has a Whistle-Blower Policy that allows any

reports of serious wrongdoing to be made on a protected

disclosure basis, which contains a process for direct access to an

Independent Director, to help encourage a culture of promoting

ethical behaviour and being able to speak up.

PGG Wrightson maintains a Directors and Officers Interests

Register which is regularly updated, documenting interests

disclosed by all Board members and senior management.

The statutory disclosures section in the 2026 Annual Report is

compiled from entries in the Directors Interests Register during

the reporting period. Directors may not participate in Board

discussions nor vote on matters in which they have a personal

interest.

1.2 Securities Trading Policy

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 1.2, the

Company has a detailed financial product trading policy

applying to all Directors and staff which incorporates insider

trading restraints and rules. The Securities Trading Policy, which

is available at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company

> Sustainability, specifies that no Director or employee may

buy or sell PGG Wrightson shares while in possession of inside

information. Inside information is material information that is

not generally available to the market. The policy also states

that Directors and staff in possession of inside information

cannot directly or indirectly advise or encourage any person to

deal in PGG Wrightson shares. Compliance with the Securities

Trading Policy is monitored through the consent process, by

education and notification by PGG Wrightson’s share registrar

Computershare when a Director or Officer with a shareholding

engages in trading activities. Trading in PGG Wrightson shares by

Directors and Officers is disclosed to the NZX.

PRINCIPLE 1 – Ethical Standards

“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management accountable for these

standards being followed throughout the organisation.”

1.1 PGG Wrightson Code of Conduct

Directors recognise that it is their role to set high standards of

ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold management

accountable for observing, fostering and delivering high ethical

standards throughout the PGG Wrightson Group. Directors and

employees are expected to act honestly and in the best interests

of PGG Wrightson, as required by law, and taking account of

interests of shareholders and other stakeholders.

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 1.1, the Board

has several documents that codify minimum standards of ethical

behaviour, being the Code of Conduct, which is available at

www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability;

and the Conflict of Interest Policy, Fraud Prevention and

Response Policy, Whistle Blower Policy and the Board Charter

outlined in section 2 below.

The Code of Conduct requires all members of the PGG Wrightson

Group, including Directors and employees, to observe the

highest of standards of ethics and conduct, in alignment with

these PGG Wrightson Group Values:

Accountability:

Stand by our word and meet commitments.

Be accountable to our customers and each other.

Leadership:

Set standards and exceed expectations.

Take action and strive to excel.

Lead through innovation.

Integrity:

Operate ethically and with integrity.

Treat others with respect.

Act professionally.

Smarter:

Find ways to be more effective and efficient.

Think, decide and act quickly without compromising quality.

Learn from mistakes and celebrate successes.

Teamwork:

Share knowledge and information.

Work together to create solutions.

Think and act as One Team.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

117

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

116

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PRINCIPLE 2 – Board Composition & Performance incorporating PGG Wrightson’s Board Charter

“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence, skills, knowledge, experience and perspectives.”

2.1 This section 2 outlines the Board’s Charter which is in compliance

with NZX Code Recommendation 2.1. The Board is committed

to the principle that there should be a balance of independence,

skills, knowledge and experience among Directors so that the

Board works effectively. Directors are, except where permitted by

law, required to act in the best interests of PGG Wrightson and to

give proper attention to the matters before them. Directors are

entitled to seek independent professional advice to assist them

in meeting their responsibilities. The Board is responsible for:

Overall governance;

Employing the Chief Executive Officer;

Providing strategic leadership and overseeing the

development, adoption and communication of a clear

strategy for the business;

Overseeing management’s implementation of PGG

Wrightson’s strategic objectives and performance;

Overseeing accounting and reporting systems (including

the external audit) and PGG Wrightson’s compliance with its

continuous disclosure obligations;

Adopting and reviewing a risk management framework;

Approval of PGG Wrightson’s operating budgets/major

capital expenditure;

Adoption of PGG Wrightson’s Remuneration Policy and other

corporate governance documents; and

Overseeing PGG Wrightson’s due diligence and impacts on

the economy, environment, and people.

There is a clear understanding of the division of responsibilities

between, and the respective roles of, the Board and

management. To ensure efficiency, the Board has delegated to

the Chief Executive Officer and subsidiary company Boards the

day to day management and leadership of the PGG Wrightson

Group operations. The Company has a formal delegated

authority framework and policy that sets out matters reserved

for the Board and sub-delegates certain authorities to the Chief

Executive Officer and Managers within defined limits.

2.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.2 that

every issuer should have a procedure for the nomination

and appointment of Directors to the Board, this is done as

circumstances require. PGG Wrightson has a formal and

transparent method for the nomination and appointment of

Directors to the Board – nominations are publicly called for

by notice on the NZX and considered at the Annual Meeting.

Checks will be done and key information about a candidate

provided to shareholders in the Notice of Annual Meeting,

including any adverse material information disclosed in the

checks where a candidate is standing for the first time or the

term of office if seeking re-election. Directors may be appointed

by the Board between Annual Meetings as permitted by the

Constitution but are required to seek re-election at the next

Annual Meeting. The Constitution contains no provisions for

compulsory retirement or a fixed tenure for Directors, although

Directors must periodically retire and seek re-election in

accordance with the Constitution and NZX Listing Rules.

2.3 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.3 that an

issuer should enter into written agreements with each newly

appointed Director establishing the terms of their appointment,

the Board has a template Director Letter of Appointment

available for use which sets out the written expectations of

Directors and which is used for all new Directors.

2.4 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.4,

information about each Director is disclosed in the 2026 Annual

Report, including a profile of experience, length of service,

independence, ownership interests and attendance at Board

meetings. As at 30 June 2026, the Board had four Directors,

comprising three independent Directors and one Non-

independent Director. Their experience, qualifications, and the

value that the Directors contributed to the Board are listed in the

Board of Directors biographies set out on pages 26 to 27 in the

2026 Annual Report. The Board has an appropriate mix of tenure,

skills, diversity, and experience. The Board skills matrix below

outlines the qualifications, capabilities, tenure, and gender of

each member of the Board.

The Board is structured so each Director brings a range of

specialist skills and backgrounds, and they contribute relevant

knowledge and experience that complements each other.

Each Director has expertise that is relevant to the Company’s

operations and aligns to our strategic goals.

The Board Skills Matrix identifies the key skill that each Director brings to the Board.

SKILLS / EXPERIENCE

JOHN NICHOL*

CHAIR & INDEPENDENT

DIRECTOR

MARK ALLISON†

DIRECTOR

WILSON LIU

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

U KEAN SENG

DIRECTOR

DR CHARLOTTE SEVERNE

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR

Tertiary QualificationsCAB.Agr.Sc, B.Econ, GDM,

FAICD, AMP (HBS),

DUniv (hc) (Adel)

BCom, CA, CPALLB (Hons), B.EcMSc, PhD (Geology),

ONZM

Accounting & Finance

Agri-business experience

Audit & Risk

Government Relations & Regulations

Health, Safety, & Wellbeing

Iwi Relations

Innovation & Technology

Legal

Listed Company & Markets Experience

Sustainability

Tenure as PGW Director (years)1<11135

Year joined the BoardFY26FY27FY26FY13FY21

GenderMMMMF

High capability

Medium capability

* PGG Wrightson director and member of the audit committee from 22 October 2013 to 30 April 2019

† Joined the Board 1 July 2026

The current Directors and their experience and qualifications are listed on our website www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Our

Leadership Team. The full Board met eight times during the year ended 30 June 2026, including Special Board Meetings, Audio calls and Teams

meetings. The Board Health, Safety and Environment Committee also convenes during the course of all Board meetings (excluding Special Board

Meetings) with all Directors attending. Directors also met on other occasions for strategic planning and held conference calls from time to time.

The attendance at Board meetings of all Directors who served during the financial year to 30 June 2026 is set out below, including attendance in

part:

DIRECTOR

NUMBER OF

BOARD MEETINGS

ATTENDED

NUMBER OF

AUDIT COMMITTEE

MEETINGS ATTENDED

NUMBER OF

REMUNERATION,

APPOINTMENTS

AND

NOMINATIONS

COMMITTEE MEETINGS

ATTENDED

NUMBER OF HEALTH,

SAFETY AND

ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE

MEETINGS ATTENDED

Garry Moore3112

John Nichol5334

Sarah Brown3112

Dr Charlotte Severne8-46

U Kean Seng7435

Wilson Liu8346

Meng Foon––––

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

119

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

118

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AS

AT 30 JUNE 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AS

AT 30 JUNE 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S

OFFICERS

AS AT 30 JUNE 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LTD’S

OFFICERS

AS AT 30 JUNE 2025

PGG WRIGHTSON GROUP

WORKFORCE*

AS AT 30 JUNE 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON GROUP

WORKFORCE*

AS AT 30 JUNE 2025

Number of Males 3

355818825

Percentage of Males 75%60%71%71%53%53%

Number of Females 1222713737

Percentage of Females 25%40%29%29%47%47%

Number of Gender Diverse ––––01

Not Disclosed ––––12

* Calculation methodology excludes casuals, fixed term employees and independent commission agents/independent contractors.

2.5 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.5, the Board

has a Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy which is available at

www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability.

PGG Wrightson recognises that a diverse and inclusive workplace

culture will result in enhanced relationships with all stakeholders,

better customer service and improved financial performance.

The Board has evaluated PGG Wrightson’s performance against

its Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy objectives which

relate to the working environment, employment and selection

opportunities, Board appointment recommendations, equal

and fair treatment under employment policies and a culture of

diversity and inclusion and considers that these objectives have

been met.

The table above lists the numerical breakdown of the gender

composition of PGG Wrightson’s Board of Directors and its

Officers as at 30 June 2026 and comparative figures for 30 June

2025. An Officer means a person, however designated, who is

concerned or takes part in the management of PGG Wrightson

Limited’s business but excludes a person who does not report

directly to the Board or who does not report directly to a person

who reports to the Board.

2.6 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.6, Directors

are expected to undertake appropriate training to remain current

on how best to perform their duties as a Director of a listed

company. Directors are regularly updated on relevant industry

and company issues, undertake visits to PGG Wrightson and

customer branches and operations, and receive briefings from

Executive Managers from all Business Units. Directors are able

to attend PGG Wrightson Business Unit conference sessions to

further their training.

2.7 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.7, the Board

has a process to regularly assess the performance of each

Director, the Board as a whole, and Board Committees.

2.8 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.8, a majority

of the Board are Independent Directors, with three out of the

four Directors as at 30 June 2026 being independent as listed in

the 2026 Annual Report. The current number and independence

status of Directors is set out on the Board of Directors section of

our website www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company >

Our Leadership Team. In accordance with NZX requirements, no

less than one third of the total number of Directors are required

to be Independent Directors. The Board meets this requirement.

The Board defines an Independent Director as one who:

Is not an executive of the Company; and

Has no disqualifying relationship within the meaning of the

NZX Listing Rules.

The statutory disclosures section in the 2026 Annual Report

lists the Company’s Directors’ independence status. The

Board reviews any determination that it makes on a Director’s

independence on becoming aware of any information

that indicates that a Director may have a relevant material

relationship. Directors are required to immediately advise of any

new or changed relationships so the Board can consider and

determine its materiality. Directors’ interests including other

relevant directorships that they hold are listed on page 125 of

the 2026 Annual Report. None of the Directors sit on any PGG

Wrightson Group companies apart from the parent company,

PGG Wrightson Limited.

2.9 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.9, the Chair is

an Independent Director.

2.10 The Board’s Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations

Committee approves the Group’s Remuneration Policy. The

Committee also reviews and recommends to the Board for

approval the remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer and the

remuneration of the executives who report directly to the Chief

Executive Officer.

2.11 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 2.10 the Chair

and the CEO are different people.

PRINCIPLE 3 – Board Committees

“The Board should use committees where this will enhance its effectiveness in key areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.”

The Board has delegated some of its powers to Board

Committees where it will enhance its effectiveness in key areas

while still retaining Board responsibility. As at 30 June 2026 the

Board had three standing Committees – the Audit Committee,

the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

and the Health, Safety and Environment Committee.

The Committees are made up of a minimum of three Non-

executive Director members and each Committee has a written

Board-approved charter which outlines that Committee’s

role, rights, responsibilities, membership requirements and

relationship with the Board. In compliance with NZX Code

Recommendation 2.7, the Board has a process to formally

review the performance of each Committee from time to time

in accordance with the relevant Committee’s written charter.

Proceedings of Committees are reported back to the full Board to

allow other Directors to question Committee members.

3.1 Audit Committee

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.1, as explained

below, the Audit Committee operates under a written charter,

membership is majority independent and comprises solely Non-

executive Directors, and the Chair of the Audit Committee Wilson

Liu is an Independent Director and is not the Chair of the Board.

The Audit Committee Charter is available on PGG Wrightson’s

website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company >

Sustainability.

The members of the Audit Committee during the year were Sarah

Brown (Chair until 14 October 2025), Wilson Liu (Member from

12 August 2025 and Chair from 16 October 2025), Garry Moore,

(until 14 October 2025), John Nichol (from 16 October 2025) and

U Kean Seng (Member to 12 August 2025 and Member from 16

October 2025). The Audit Committee has appropriate financial

expertise, with three current members having an accounting or

financial background as per 3.4 of the Audit Committee Charter.

The Audit Committee met four times during the financial year.

The main responsibilities of the Audit Committee are:

Ensuring effectiveness of the accounting and internal control

systems;

Ensuring the Board is properly and regularly informed and

updated on corporate financial matters;

Monitoring and reviewing the external and internal auditing

practices;

Recommending the appointment and removal of the

external auditor and considering a change in the lead audit

partner where the auditors continue in office for a period

exceeding five years;

Ensuring the ability and independence of the auditors to

carry out their statutory audit role is not impaired or could

reasonably be perceived to be impaired;

To interface with management, internal audit function

and the external auditor, and review the financial reports,

as well as advising all Directors whether they comply with

appropriate financial reporting laws and regulations;

Overseeing matters relating to the values, ethics and financial

integrity of PGG Wrightson Group; and

To report Audit Committee proceedings back to the Board.

The Audit Committee has the authority to appoint outside legal

or other professional advisors, if considered necessary. The Audit

Committee on occasions meets with the internal auditor and

external auditor without the management present.

3.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.2, employees

only attend Committee meetings at the invitation of the

Committee as is considered appropriate.

3.3 Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.3, the

Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

operates under a written Charter, and the majority of members

are Independent Directors as the Committee is comprised of

the full Board. In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation

4.2 the Charter is available on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.

pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. The

Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

during the financial year was chaired by Garry Moore (until 14

October 2025) and John Nichol (from 16 October 2025). The

Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

met three times during the financial year as part of a full Board

meeting. Employees only attend Committee meetings at the

invitation of the Committee as is considered appropriate.

The main responsibilities of the Remuneration, Appointments

and Nominations Committee are:

To undertake an annual performance appraisal of the Chief

Executive Officer and review the appraisal of direct reports to

the Chief Executive Officer;

To review compensation policy and procedures, including

employee benefits and superannuation, and recommend

to the Board remuneration changes for the Chief Executive

Officer and direct reports to the Chief Executive Officer;

To review succession planning and senior management

development plans; and

To report Committee proceedings back to the Board.

The role of the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations

Committee as set out in its Charter includes recommending

remuneration for Directors to shareholders when

recommendations are put forward.

3.4 In relation to NZX Code Recommendation 3.4, the Remuneration,

Appointments and Nominations Committee also includes the

responsibilities for Board nominations.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

121

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

120

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

3.5 Health, Safety and Environment Committee

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.5 the Health,

Safety and Environment Committee operates under a written

Charter and the Committee is comprised of the full Board. In

compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.2 the Charter is

available on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.pggwrightson.

co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability. The Health, Safety and

Environment Committee was chaired by Dr Charlotte Severne

during the financial year. The Health, Safety and Environment

Committee met six times during the financial year as part of a full

Board meeting. Employees attend Committee meetings at the

invitation of the Committee as is considered appropriate.

The main responsibilities of the Health, Safety and Environment

Committee are:

To assist the Board to provide leadership and policy

in consistently discharging their responsibilities in

the governance of Health, Safety and safety related

environmental considerations at PGG Wrightson.

To define the activities, processes, and supporting structures

that the Board will adopt to meet its responsibilities in

relation to health, safety and environmental matters (as they

relate to safety e.g., hazardous substances) arising out of the

activities of PGG Wrightson.

The Committee’s approach to managing health, safety

and safety related environmental risks is to be based on a

continuous improvement methodology to achieve increasing

maturity in our health and safety culture and embed

strong environmental management across PGG Wrightson.

The management of these risks includes a preventative

management approach as well as a compliance focus to

ensure all obligations are being met.

Health and safety is a standing Board agenda item that is

given priority at all Board meetings.

The Board established a Strategy Committee on 10 August

2026. The Strategy Committee is Chaired by Mark Allison and

the Committee otherwise comprises the full membership of

the Board.

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 3.5, the Board

has considered but does not think it is currently necessary to

have any other Board committees as standing Board committees.

Other committees are formed as and when required.

3.6 In relation to NZX Code Recommendation 3.6, if and when

necessary, the Board will establish appropriate protocols that set

out the procedure to be followed if there is a 'control transaction’

for the issuer including the procedure for any communication

between the issuer’s board and management and the bidder. The

protocols will disclose the scope of independent advisory reports

to shareholders, the option of establishing an independent

control transaction committee, and the likely composition

and implementation of an independent control transaction

committee. The Board does not consider it necessary to establish

such protocols in advance as standing protocols but will do so if

the need arises.

PRINCIPLE 4 – Reporting and Disclosure

“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting, and in the timeliness and balance of corporate disclosures.”

4.1 The Board endorses the principle that it should demand integrity

both in financial and non-financial reporting and in the provision

by management of information of sufficient content, balance,

quality and timeliness to enable the Board to effectively discharge

its disclosure duties.

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.1, the Board

has adopted a Continuous Disclosure Policy which is available

on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz

under Our Company > Sustainability. The Company will provide

timely and adequate disclosure of information on matters of

material impact to shareholders and comply with the continuous

disclosure and other listing requirements of the NZX relating to

shareholder reporting. PGG Wrightson has established and will

maintain processes for the provision of information to the Board

by management of sufficient content, quality and timeliness, as

the Board considers necessary to enable the Board to effectively

discharge its duties.

4.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 4.2, PGG

Wrightson’s Code of Conduct, Board and Committee Charters,

Diversity and Inclusion Policy and other key governance policies

are available to view on PGG Wrightson’s website at www.

pggwrightson.co.nz under Our Company > Sustainability.

4.3 Regarding NZX Code Recommendation 4.3, PGG Wrightson

considers that its financial reporting is balanced, clear and

objective. The Board receives assurances from the Chief Executive

Officer and Chief Financial Officer that the Directors’ declaration

provided in accordance with International Financial Reporting

Standards (IFRS) and NZ IFRS is founded on a sound system of

risk management and internal control, and that the system is

operating effectively in all material respects in relation to financial

reporting risks.

4.4 PGG Wrightson considers that its non-financial reporting is

informative, contains forward-looking assessment, and aligns with

key strategies and metrics monitored by the Board. In compliance

with NZX Code Recommendation 4.4, non-financial disclosures

are included in the Annual Report and the Sustainability

Report, including material environmental, economic and social

sustainability factors and practices, climate-related disclosures,

key risks, risk management, and relevant internal controls. The

Company also communicates through releases to the NZX and

media, and on its website at www.pggwrightson.co.nz under

Investor Centre.

4.5 PGG Wrightson does not make political donations as a matter of

policy.

PRINCIPLE 5 – Remuneration

“The remuneration of directors and executives should be transparent, fair and reasonable.”

5.1 The Board is committed to the policy that remuneration of

Directors and Officers/Executives should be transparent, fair

and reasonable. The Board’s Remuneration Policy for Directors

is that Directors’ fees in aggregate must be formally approved

by shareholders. The total fee pool available for Directors is

$875,000 approved by shareholders at the 21 October 2005

Annual Meeting. There are no retirement or ‘special exertion’

benefits paid or available for Directors. In compliance with NZX

Code Recommendation 5.1, the remuneration report section

in the 2026 Annual Report lists the Company’s Directors’ actual

remuneration including any Board Committee fees paid. There

are no performance incentives for any Directors. The Board

has not elected to create a performance-based Equity Security

Compensation Plan. Further the Board supports Directors

investing in shares in the Company but this is a personal decision

for Directors.

5.2 The Board considers that it partially complies with NZX Code

Recommendation 5.2, being that PGG Wrightson’s policy for

remuneration of Officers outlines the relative weightings of

remuneration components and relevant performance criteria.

Directors’ remuneration does not have performance criteria

attached to it. All Executive Officer remuneration incentives align

with financial and non-financial performance measures relating

to PGG Wrightson’s objectives and are compatible with PGG

Wrightson’s risk management policies and systems.

5.3 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 5.3, the

remuneration arrangements in place for the Chief Executive

Officer during the year ended 30 June 2026 including the base

salary, short-term incentive and the performance criteria used

to determine performance-based payments, are outlined in the

remuneration report section in the 2026 Annual Report.

PRINCIPLE 6 – Risk Management

“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by the issuer and how to manage them. The Board should

regularly verify that the issuer has appropriate processes that identify and manage potential and material risks.”

6.1 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 6.1, PGG

Wrightson has in place a risk management policy and framework

for its business to manage existing risks and to report the

material risks facing the business and how these are being

managed.

PGG Wrightson has in place a Risk Policy and associated

framework for its business. The policy and framework allow

the business to identify and assess new risks, manage existing

risks and regularly report the material risks to the Board. It is the

responsibility of the Board to monitor the effectiveness of the

broad risk management processes in place.

Key aspects of how risks are managed, as described in the Risk

Policy, include:

A commitment to applying effective risk management

for all PGG Wrightson business operations. This includes

the integration of risk management into PGW’s strategy,

procedures, projects, and decision making;

That risks and controls are owned, managed, and monitored

by the business unit in which they exist, and/or by a

member of the Executive Team for material and strategic

risks;

Risks should be proactively identified and managed by

all PGG Wrightson employees as part of their day-to-day

activities. Staff should apply the appropriate controls and

monitor them regularly, in a manner that is also aligned with

PGG Wrightson Values and risk appetite; and

Effective and timely risk reporting, communication, and

escalation are critical to support good decision making.

Minimum reporting requirements have been defined for

Strategic and Business Unit level risks.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

123

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

122

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Directors receive regular reporting on PGG Wrightson's strategic risks, which include the following areas:

TITLEGENERAL RISK DESCRIPTIONGENERAL DESCRIPTION OF RISK MANAGEMENT (HIGH LEVEL OVERVIEW ONLY,

INCLUDING EXAMPLES)

Artificial intelligence (AI)Ability to effectively leverage AI opportunities, whilst

ensuring appropriate and responsible use of AI, striking

the right balance between AI opportunities and

controls.

AI policy in place, controlled use of AI within PGG Wrightson's technology

environment, alignment with existing policies (such as IT security and

privacy policies), staff training and awareness, Data Governance Group,

recognition of the opportunities and emerging use cases.

InnovationThe ability to identify, prioritise, and adopt the right

digital technologies and innovations to empower

staff, generate revenue and enhance the customer

experience.

Various innovation and technology initiatives within business units, an

Insights & Innovation Manager appointed within the Group Technology

team, creation of an Innovation Fund, building digital adoption and

capability.

BiosecurityImpacts of a biosecurity events / incident response and

downstream events (e.g. regulatory response, customer

behaviour) and biosecurity compliance requirements.

Compliance with NAIT regulations (including OSPRI audits), internal

policies (including Quality Assurance Programmes), and signing up to

the ‘Biosecurity Pledge’. Response planning includes PGG Wrightson's

Incident Management Plan, Business Continuity Plans, and a requirement

to follow MPI guidelines for any specific event.

Liability and claim eventsOperational errors and omissions that can lead to

liability claims that can potentially impact adversely on

PGG Wrightson’s performance and reputation.

Regular review of risks, input and training provided by the PGG Wrightson

Legal team, mandatory training courses, good oversight of legislative

changes, robust processes to respond when potential issues are

identified, supplier audits, quality control, and training for staff.

Portfolio offeringEnsuring that the portfolio of goods and services that

PGG Wrightson offer keeps pace with the evolving

needs of our customers and ways they want to transact

(risk of disintermediation).

Strategic planning, staying in touch with clients and understanding their

needs, exploring new opportunities, review of existing business units

and performance, investing in new technology, and a broad range of

offerings.

Health, Safety and WellbeingProactively addressing the Health, Safety and Wellbeing

of our staff, contractors and other stakeholders that

have contact and involvement with PGG Wrightson's

operations.

A dedicated team within PGG Wrightson's People and Safety group who

partner with all Business Units and Teams. Comprehensive governance

oversight by a management Committee and Board Committee. Systems,

tools and processes, supported by training, control checks, Health and

Safety Representatives, and ongoing improvement opportunities.

Information and cyber securityProtecting the confidentiality, integrity and availability

of our business systems, including managing

vulnerabilities, and ability to respond to cyber-events.

A dedicated team within PGG Wrightson's Technology team, who deliver

a broad range of activities including prevention, detection, training, and

incident response capabilities.

Key peopleProactively managing succession planning and key

person risks across our business and operations.

A Talent Acquisition & Management programme, backed by policies,

training, succession plans, data analytics, and SOPs within Business Units.

ESG / GRI elements included in the Annual Report.

Large scale disaster eventsPGG Wrightson’s business continuity planning and

readiness to respond to natural disasters and other

material adverse events (e.g. emergencies, crises,

business interruption and disasters).

An established Business Continuity Policy with supporting guidelines,

processes, templates, and testing. Regular reporting to the Risk and

Compliance Committee, through to the Audit Committee. Insurance

coverage of PGG Wrightson's physical assets.

Market attractiveness and customer

profitability

PGG Wrightson’s adaptability and ability to respond to

market changes (including land use change, farmland

conversion to forestry, farmer and grower profitability

and associated spend patterns).

Diversity of PGG Wrightson's offerings and geographic coverage, to

manage localised events and sector specific volatility. Management

oversight, new technologies, and monitoring customer demand and

market changes.

Regulatory complianceCompliance with current and evolving regulatory

requirements.

Policies, procedures, mandatory staff training, input from PGG Wrightson's

Legal team, Delegations of Authority, and compliance frameworks.

Oversight is provided by the Risk and Compliance Committee.

Climate changeThe impact of climate change on PGG Wrightson's

operations (including extreme weather events, fires,

water shortages and flooding events, adjusting to a low

carbon economy etc.).

A dedicated role of Sustainability Manager, supported by key staff

throughout the business. Business Continuity Plans (as noted in ‘large

scale disaster events risk’) and a Sustainability Strategy.

Social License to Operate

(including ESG)

Responding proactively to ESG reporting and market

expectations to ensure PGG Wrightson delivers and

meets the expectations of its stakeholders.

Sustainability Manager coordinating activities, including a group wide

Sustainability Committee. The Sustainability Report now includes

application of GRI Standards.

In discharging the Board’s risk management responsibilities, the

Board has:

In conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer, Audit

Committee, internal and external audit, set up and

monitored rigorous processes for risk management and

internal controls to ensure that management prudently and

efficiently manage resources, and the identification of the

nature and magnitude of the Company’s material risks. PGG

Wrightson has a comprehensive Group Risk Policy (including

Principles, Risk Management Framework, and processes) that

aligns with ISO Risk Management guidelines;

Considered the nature and extent of risks the Board is willing

to take to achieve its strategic objectives. The Company

is committed to the management of risk to achieve

sustainability of service, employment and profits, and

therefore takes on controlled amounts of risk as considered

appropriate;

In conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer and Audit

Committee, reviewed the effectiveness and integrity of

compliance and risk management systems within the

business. The Board receives and reviews regular reports that

includes policies and internal control processes, as well as

any developments in relation to key risks. Reports include

oversight of the Company’s Group risk register and highlight

the main risks to the Company’s performance and the steps

being taken to manage these; and

Established a separate management Risk and Compliance

Committee that is responsible for the oversight of business

risks, compliance and business continuity.

The Board maintains insurance coverage with reputable insurers

for relevant insurable risks and annually renews its insurance

policies in accordance with the policy approach determined by

the Board.

6.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 6.2, PGG

Wrightson has on page 20 of the 2026 Annual Report disclosed

how it manages its health and safety risks and has reported on

our health and safety risks, performance and management.

PRINCIPLE 7 – Auditors

“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external audit process.”

7.1 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.1, the Board

has established a framework as set out below for the Company’s

relationship with its external auditors. This includes procedures:

(a) for sustaining communication with the external auditors;

(b) to ensure that the ability of the external auditor to carry out

their statutory audit role is not impaired, or could reasonably

be perceived to be impaired;

(c) to address what, if any, services (whether by type or level)

other than their statutory audit roles may be provided by the

external auditor; and

(d) to provide for the monitoring and approval by the Audit

Committee of any service provided by the external auditor

other than in their statutory audit role.

The Board subscribes to the principle that it has a key function

to ensure the quality and independence of the external audit

process. The Board operates formal and transparent procedures

for sustaining communication with PGG Wrightson’s external

and internal auditors. The Board seeks to ensure that the ability,

objectivity and independence of the external auditor to carry

out their statutory audit role is not compromised or impaired or

could reasonably be perceived to be compromised or impaired.

The external auditor is invited to attend all Audit Committee

meetings (except where auditor remuneration or performance

is discussed). This attendance, from time to time includes

invitations for private sessions between the Audit Committee

and the external auditor without management being present. In

addition, the lead audit partner of the external auditor is rotated

at least every five years.


To ensure there is no conflict with other services that may be

provided by the external auditor, the Company has adopted a

policy whereby the external auditor will not provide any other

services unless specifically approved by the Audit Committee.

The external auditor Ernst & Young was appointed on 13 April

2021 and the lead audit partner retired after four years with

a new lead audit partner appointed. Ernst & Young provided

additional non-audit work to the Group in the year ended

30 June 2026. The remuneration paid by the Group for audit

work is disclosed on page 73 of the 2026 Annual Report. The

remuneration paid by the Group for non-audit work was $20,000.

The nature and value of the non-audit services provided by Ernst

& Young is disclosed on page 73 of the 2026 Annual Report. The

external auditor confirmed in their audit report on pages 109

to 112 of the 2026 Annual Report the nature of the non-audit

services provided to the Group.

7.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.2, the external

auditor attends the Annual Meeting to answer questions from

shareholders in relation to the audit.

7.3 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 7.3, PGG

Wrightson’s internal audit functions are disclosed here. The

internal audit function sits within the Risk and Assurance team,

which is comprised of a functional leader and supported by

a panel of co-source partners. The internal audit function is

responsible for carrying out internal audits in accordance

with the internal audit plan approved annually by the

Audit Committee. The function reviews and reports on the

effectiveness of internal control systems and processes for the

Company. The Group’s internal audit function has unfettered

access to the Board.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

125

Corporate Governance and Board Charter | Mana Whakahaere Rangatōpū me te Tūtohi a te Poari haere tonu

124

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Statutory Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Ture

The following particulars of notices were given by Directors of the Company pursuant to section 140(2) of the Companies Act 1993

for the year 1 July 2025 to 30 June 2026

DIRECTOR INTEREST ORGANISATION

John Nichol Chair Optica Life Accessories Limited

Optica Limited

Director Flour Cask Holdings Limited

Nichol Holdings Limited

The Trigger Limited

Boomfa Limited

U Kean Seng No Disclosures

Dr Charlotte Severne Chair Whenua Haumanu – Programme Governance Group, Massey University

NZFM (2022) General Partner Limited

Deputy Chair Māori Soldiers Trust

Director Tuaropaki Power Company

TPC Holdings Limited

Agricultural Leaders Health & Safety Action Group Inc. (Safer Farms)

Trustee The Māori Trustee

Severne Whanau Trust

Pott Severne Family Trust

Panellist Severe Weather Events Recovery Review Panel

Wilson Liu Independent Non

Executive Chair Foran Energy Group Co Limited

Valuetronics Holdings Limited

Guotai Junan International Holdings Limited

Garry Moore Chair Garry Moore Limited

Dairycool Limited

Reflex Nominees Limited

Debt Discounting (NZ) Limited

Purecool Limited

Trustee Burnett Valley Charitable Trust

The Moore Family Trust

Sarah Brown Director Horizon Meats NZ Limited

Blue Sky Meats (NZ) Limited

Howie Johns Limited

Morton Mains Dairy Limited

Meng Foon Chair Hokotehi Moriori Trust

Te Pukenga Equity Experts Group

Director/Shareholder MY Gold Investments Limited

Trustee/Beneficiary MY Trust

Trustee Atawahi Charitable Trust

NZ Philanthropic Foundation

CEO Rawhiti Mediation Services

Partner Foon Partnership

President Gisborne Chinese Society

Executive Member NZ Chinese Society

Committee Member Hauiti Incorporation

Mangaheia 2D Corporation


PRINCIPLE 8 – Shareholder Rights & Relations

“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive relationships with shareholders that encourage them to

engage with the issuer.”

8.1 While the Company does not have a formal shareholder

or stakeholder relations policy, the Board actively fosters

constructive relationships with its shareholders, as appropriate.

The Board is at all times cognisant of the need to protect and act

in the best interests of the Company’s shareholders.

In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.1, PGG

Wrightson’s website www.pggwrightson.co.nz has an Investor

Centre where investors and interested stakeholders can access

financial and operational information and key corporate

governance information. This contains key governance

documents and policies, contact details for investor matters,

current and past Annual Reports, notices of meetings and

other key dates in the investor schedule, the constitution,

media releases and NZX announcements, periodic financial

information, dividend histories and other information. PGG

Wrightson lists its Business Unit descriptions and key activities

on its website, and its releases contain information on business

goals and performance. The Company encourages shareholder

participation at the Annual Meeting, by providing as an item of

General Business, the conducting of a shareholder discussion,

where a reasonable opportunity is given for shareholders to

question, discuss or comment on the management of the

Company.

8.2 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.2, PGG

Wrightson allows investors the ability to easily communicate

with it, including providing the option to receive

communications electronically. The Company has continued to

seek to improve shareholder participation, efficiency and cost

effectiveness of communication with shareholders by offering

them its e-comms programme, where shareholders can elect to

receive their security holder communications electronically.

8.3 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.3,

shareholders have the right to vote on major decisions which

may change the nature of the Company.

8.4 If PGG Wrightson was seeking additional equity capital in the

future, it would consider the recommendation in NZX Code

Recommendation 8.4 to offer further equity securities to existing

equity security holders of the same class on a pro rata basis and

no less favourable terms before further equity securities are

offered to other investors.

8.5 In compliance with NZX Code Recommendation 8.5, the

shareholders’ Notice of Annual Meeting is posted on the

website as soon as possible and at least 20 working days prior to

meetings.

9 Annual Review

9.1 A review of this Corporate Governance Code and associated

processes and procedures is completed on an annual basis

to ensure the Company adheres to best practice governance

principles (as promulgated by the relevant authoritative bodies)

and maintains high ethical standards.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

127

Statutory Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Ture haere tonu

126

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Letter from the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee Chair

As Chair of the PGG Wrightson Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee, I am pleased to present PGG

Wrightson’s Remuneration Report, covering the Financial Year Ended 30 June 2026.

The Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee is a Committee of the Board of Directors (who are all

members) governed by written charter. The charter requires members to be appointed by the Board of Directors from

amongst the Non-executive Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited. All current Directors are Non-executive Directors.

The Committee is responsible for the overview of the Company’s People and Safety strategy and the direction of PGG

Wrightson’s Remuneration Policy and Framework.

PGG Wrightson operates a mature, consistent, transparent and fairly applied Remuneration Policy and Framework which

covers all employees at PGG Wrightson, including our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Leadership Team. Our

framework is structured to ensure it aligns to our strategy, culture and values.

With support from our remuneration partner, Strategic Pay, all roles at PGG Wrightson are evaluated using Strategic Pay’s

“SP10” Job Evaluation Methodology which allocates bands or grades, which are then compared against private sector

benchmarking. This ensures our employees receive market competitive remuneration for the work they undertake, which

assists us in retaining and attracting the best talent. All PGG Wrightson employees are paid the equivalent of that year’s

Living Wage, or at least 85% of the private sector market mid-point for their role, whichever is the higher.

PGG Wrightson does not have any employees covered by collective bargaining agreements, each employee is engaged

under an “Individual Employment Agreement”.

The Remuneration, Appointment and Nominations Committee set PGG Wrightson’s Chief Executive Officer, Executive and

Senior Management Incentive Plans to include targeted financial, strategic and/or operational and safety Key Performance

Indicators (KPIs) which drive business performance and provide shareholder value – these then filter down into front line

incentive and commission plans. This ensures our framework can recognise individual, team and company performance

whilst maintaining business performance and shareholder value.

John Nichol

Chair

Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee

Remuneration Report | Pūrongo Utu

Directors’ Shareholdings

As at 30 June 2026, the following Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited held a beneficial interest in shares in PGG Wrightson Limited:

DIRECTORREGISTERED HOLDERNUMBER OF SHARES

Dr C SeverneCharlotte Marewa Severne, Joachim Helmut Pott and Richard William

Lucy as Trustees of the Pott Severne Family Trust

7,500

J NicholJohn Ernest Nichol30,000

U Kean Seng is an associated person of substantial product holder Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited holding 33,463,399 shares.

Directors’ Share Transactions

The following Directors of PGG Wrightson Limited notified the Company of on-market share transactions between 1 July 2025 and 30 June 2026.

DIRECTORREGISTERED HOLDERDATE OF DISCLOSURENUMBER OF SHARES

J NicholJohn Ernest Nichol2 December 20255,000

J NicholJohn Ernest Nichol24 February 202615,000

J NicholJohn Ernest Nichol1 April 202610,000

Directors’ Independence

The Board has determined that as at 30 June 2026:

The following Directors are Independent Directors: J Nichol, Dr C Severne, W Liu

The following Director is not an Independent Director by virtue of his association with a substantial product holder: U Kean Seng.

NZX Waivers

There were no NZX Waivers applying to PGG Wrightson Limited during the financial year.

Directors’ Indemnity and Insurance

In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the Constitution of the Company, the Company has insured Directors and Officers

against liabilities to other parties that may arise from their positions as Directors and Officers of the Company, Subsidiaries and Associates. This

insurance does not cover liabilities arising from criminal actions and deliberate and reckless acts or omissions.

Use of Company Information by Directors

The Board has implemented a protocol governing the disclosure of Company information to its substantial product holders. In accordance with

this protocol and section 145 of the Companies Act 1993, U Kean Seng gave notice that while Directors they may disclose certain information to

Agria Corporation in order to seek, and inform the Board of, its view as to the governance and operation of the Company and in order to enable

Agria Corporation to comply with certain statutory obligations.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

129

Remuneration Report | Pūrongo utu

128

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

FY26 Remuneration

PGG Wrightson provided a budget for salary increases in FY26 which was aligned to both the private sector market movements over the previous

12 months, future predicted movements of the market, and what remains affordable to the Company to ensure it can support shareholder value

and reflect business performance.

Chief Executive Officer Remuneration

In compliance with the NZX Code Recommendation 5.3, this section lists disclosure of the remuneration arrangements in place for PGG

Wrightson’s Chief Executive Officer Stephen Guerin. The Board of Directors’ general policy for Chief Executive remuneration is payment of a base

salary and an annual at-risk short-term incentive. The short-term incentive has a threshold EBITDA target which must be met for the scheme to

open. The target amount of the short-term incentive payment is a percentage of base salary, being 20% for the financial year, with the maximum

payable being 150% of the target amount. The short-term incentive is payable on the achievement of certain key performance criteria focused

on PGG Wrightson’s financial performance (meeting of EBITDA and Cashflow targets), delivery of strategic objectives and Safety and Wellbeing

performance for the respective financial year.

In FY26, PGG Wrightson met 100% of the threshold EBITDA target for the short-term incentive scheme, which opened at 100% of opportunity.

PGG Wrightson has not paid any Chief Executive Officer severance benefits (‘golden parachutes’ or ‘handshakes’) within FY26 and PGG Wrightson

has no contractual obligation to pay these under existing arrangements.

During FY26 the salary of the Chief Executive Officer was reviewed by the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee to reflect

the movement of the private sector market specific to the Chief Executive Officer role, and the performance of the incumbent, and an increase of

2.35% was supported.

As at 30 June 2026 the total number of PGG Wrightson shares owned by the Chief Executive Officer was 3,842.

The Chief Executive Officer’s overall remuneration relating to the year ended 30 June 2026 is as follows:

YEAR FIXED REMUNERATION

TOTAL FIXED

REMUNERATIONSHORT TERM INCENTIVE (STI)

DISCRETIONARY

PAYMENT TOTA L

BASE SALARY OTHER BENEFITS* EARNED

AMOUNT EARNED AS A %

OF MAXIMUM AWARDS

(FIXED REM + STI EARNED +

DISCRETIONARY PAYMENT )

FY26$1,200,000$46,893$1,246,893$210,000100%$0$1,456,893

FY25 $1,117,050 $35,247 $1,152,297 $251,336 112.5%$0 $1,403,633

FY24$1,116,950$39,363$1,156,313 $00%$50,000$1,206,313

FY23 $1,014,968

$38,825

$1,053,793 $194,97499%$0 $1,248,767

* K

iwiSaver employer contribution paid during the year.

The Chief Executive Officer does not have any long-term incentives.

Environmental, Social and Governance Disclosures

PGG Wrightson’s ratio of the annual total compensation for the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median annual total compensation for

all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is 19.8.

PGG Wrightson’s ratio of the percentage increase in annual total compensation for the organisation’s highest-paid individual to the median

percentage increase in annual total compensation for all employees (excluding the highest-paid individual) is 5.7.

In calculating these ratios PGG Wrightson has excluded casuals, contractors and commission agents given they are not guaranteed hours. Full time

equivalent pay rates are used for each part time employee. The following types of compensation have been included:

Cash compensation paid during the reporting period (base salary, bonus/discretionary payments, incentive payments, other variable cash

payments, other allowances, commission where applicable to employees); and

Employer contributions to retirement schemes.

The title of the highest paid individual at PGG Wrightson is the Chief Executive Officer.

Gender Pay Gap Disclosures

PGG Wrightson is a signatory to “Mind the Gap” and will be reporting on its gender pay gap again in FY26.

The robustness of PGG Wrightson’s Remuneration Framework is based on role, not individual, which shows the Company has broad pay equity on

equivalent roles at PGG Wrightson, which have been broken down below for operations (business facing) roles and business support roles.

The gender pay gap is presented as the difference in median hourly rate of female staff compared to male staff (meaning a +5% difference would

represent female median hourly rate below males, whereas a -5% difference would represent female median hourly earnings above males). The

gender pay gap is calculated using the median hourly base rate (the exact middle value) because this provides a realistic picture of typical earnings

for men and women.

OPERATIONS – ROLE MIDPOINT

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP

$60,000 - $80,0004662410%

$80,001 - $100,0001221064%

$100,001 - $150,000793295%

$150,000+8321%

Total67570825%

BUSINESS SUPPORT – ROLE MIDPOINT

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP

$60,000 - $80,0004711-1%

$80,001 - $100,0003616-4%

$100,001 - $150,0003535-5%

$150,000+613-3%

Total1247526%

This data shows employees identifying as female have greater representation in the lower pay band, and less representation in higher pay bands,

which contributes to PGG Wrightson's overall gender pay gap of 28%, as explained by the table below.

CATEGORY

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS FEMALE

NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES

IDENTIFYING AS MALEGENDER PAY GAP

Executive2524%

Leadership1078-13%

Operations67570825%

Business Support1247526%

All Staff81186628%

A working group is continuing to develop strategies to address the lower representation of females in higher pay bands, predominantly leadership

roles.

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

131

Remuneration Report | Pūrongo utu

130

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

BANDCOUNTBANDCOUNT

$100,000 – $110,000 87

$110,001 – $120,000 96

$120,001 – $130,000 74

$130,001 – $140,000 57

$140,001 – $150,000 45

$150,001 – $160,000 41

$160,001 – $170,000 36

$170,001 – $180,000 28

$180,001 – $190,000 21

$190,001 – $200,000 21

$200,001 – $210,000 23

$210,001 – $220,000 17

$220,001 – $230,000 22

$230,001 – $240,000 7

$240,001 – $250,000 4

$250,001 – $260,000 5

$260,001 – $270,000 8

$270,001 – $280,000 7

$280,001 – $290,000 6

$290,001 – $300,000 7

$300,001 – $310,0001

$310,001 – $320,000 3

$320,001 – $330,000 1

$330,001 – $340,0003

$340,001 – $350,0001

$360,001 – $370,0002

$370,001 – $380,0001

$380,001 – $390,0003

$390,001 – $400,0001

$400,001 – $410,0002

$430,001 – $440,0001

$440,001 – $450,000 3

$450,001 – $460,0001

$500,001 – $510,000 1

$510,001 – $520,000 2

$520,001 – $530,0001

$530,001 – $540,0002

$600,001 – $610,0001

$620,001 – $630,0001

$650,001 – $660,0001

$660,001 – $670,000 1

$680,001 – $690,0001

$840,001 – $850,000 1

$900,001– $910,0001

$940,001 – $950,0001

$1,550,001 – $1,560,0001

Total 650

Remuneration Bands

This Remuneration Report contains disclosure of the employees (other than employees who are Directors) who received remuneration and any

other benefits in their capacity as employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, the value of which was or exceeded $100,000 per annum, in

brackets of $10,000, as required by the Companies Act 1993.

The schedule includes:


All monetary payments actually made during the year, including termination payments and the face value of any short-term and any at-risk long-

term incentives granted, where applicable;


The employer’s contributions to superannuation funds, retiring entitlements, health insurance schemes and other payments to terminating

employees (e.g. long service leave); and


Livestock employees who are remunerated on a commission basis and whose remuneration fluctuates materially from year to year. Livestock

remuneration includes incentives paid in the current year that were earned in respect of the prior year’s performance.

The schedule excludes:


Amounts paid post 30 June 2026 that related to services provided in the 2026 financial year;


Telephone concessions to some employees that can include free telephone line rental, national and international phone calls and online services;


Independent real estate/livestock commission agents; and


Any benefits received by employees that do not have an attributable value.

No employees appointed as a Director of a subsidiary company of PGG Wrightson Limited receives or retains any remuneration or other benefits

from PGG Wrightson Limited for acting as such.

Director Remuneration

The following persons held office as a Director during the year to 30 June 2026 and received the following remuneration (including the value of

any benefits). Fees are not paid for membership of the Remuneration, Appointments and Nominations Committee, or for the Health, Safety and

Environment Committee (except for the Chair). The total fee pool available for Directors is $875,000 approved by shareholders at the 21 October

2005 Annual Meeting. The Directors did not receive additional fees or benefits to those fees listed in the table below and did not have any shares

issued or transferred to them as Director remuneration. The Directors’ shareholdings in PGG Wrightson Limited are disclosed under the Statutory

Disclosures section of the Annual Report. Figures are gross, rounded and exclude GST (if any):

When determining the fees for Non-executive Directors, the Board considers benchmarked data from other NZX listed companies, the

performance of the company and the time and effort required to fulfil Directors’ responsibilities.

Director remuneration outcomes

A breakdown of Board and Committee fees for the period are set out in the table below:

DIRECTOR NAMEFEE

FEE FOR AUDIT

COMMITTEE

FEE FOR HEALTH AND

SAFETY COMMITTEE

TOTAL REMUNERATION

RECEIVED

G Moore $59,918$2,853 $62,772

S Brown$31,386$11,413 $42,799

M Foon$25,679 $25,679

Dr C Severne$90,000 $10,000$100,000

U Kean Seng$90,000$8,233 $98,233

J Nichol$150,081$7,146$157,227

W Liu$90,000$30,136$120,136

Total$537,064$59,781$10,000$606,846

Annual Fee Schedule as at 30 June 2026

ANNUAL FEE

Chair$210,000

Deputy Chair$110,000

Director$90,000

Audit Committee Chair$40,000

Audit Committee Member$10,000

Health and Safety Committee Chair$10,000

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

133132

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Subsidiary Company Directors

The following persons held the office of Director of the respective subsidiaries (as defined in the Companies Act 1993) during the year or part year

as indicated on behalf of the Group. Directors appointed (A) or who resigned (R) during the year or part year are indicated. Staff appointments do

not receive Director fees or other benefits as a Director. Unless otherwise indicated, Group ownership is 100%.

LEGAL COMPANY NAMEPGG WRIGHTSON APPOINTED DIRECTORS

Ag Property Holdings LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin

Bidr LimitedSJ Guerin, PC Scott, RJ Shearer

Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin, RJ Shearer

National Saleyards Limited (66.67%)JS Daly, PJ Newbold

NZ Agritrade LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin

Nexan Corporation LimitedNPJ Berry (A), JS Daly (A), SJ Guerin (A)

Nexan LimitedNPJ Berry (A), JS Daly (A), SJ Guerin (A)

PGG Wrightson Employee Benefits Plan Trustee LimitedCD Adam (R), JS Daly (Alternate Director), SJ Guerin, JA O’Neill, PR Drury

PGG Wrightson Investments LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin

PGG Wrightson Real Estate LimitedJS Daly, SJ Guerin

Sheffield Saleyards Co Limited (53.5%)RG Nordstrom

Vet Direct LimitedNPJ Berry (A), JS Daly (A), SJ Guerin (A)

General Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ArowhānuiShareholder Information | Ngā Mōhiohio Kaipupurihea

PGG Wrightson Limited is quoted on the New Zealand Stock Market of NZX Limited (code PGW).

As at 30 June 2026, PGG Wrightson Limited had 75,484,083 ordinary shares on issue.

Substantial Product Holders

At 30 June 2026, the following security holders had given notices in accordance with the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013 that they were a

substantial product holder in the Company. The number of shares shown below are as recorded in the Company’s share register.

SHAREHOLDER

NUMBER OF SHARES

AT 30 JUNE 2026DATE OF NOTICE

Elders Limited

9,409,29614 December 2022

Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited

33,463,39910 April 2019

Agria Group*

33,463,39917 December 2018

* Agria Group being Agria Group Limited, Agria Corporation, Agria Asia Investments Limited, Agria (Singapore) Pte Ltd, New Hope International and New

Hope Group Co., Ltd as listed in the substantial security product notice.

Twenty Largest Registered Shareholders

The 20 largest shareholders in PGG Wrightson as at 31 July 2026 were:

SHAREHOLDERNUMBER OF SHARES HELD

% OF SHARES HELD

(ROUNDED)

1.Agria (Singapore) Pte Limited33,463,399 44.33

2.Elders Limited9,409,29612.47

3.New Zealand Depository Nominee Limited1,949,5582.58

4.Accident Compensation Corporation 1,329,9881.76

5.HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited1,112,0131.47

6.Custodial Services Limited819,2761.09

7.Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited662,9060.88

8.JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited577,8330.77

9.GMH 38 Investments Limited500,0000.66

10.FNZ Custodians Limited316,7360.42

11.Elizabeth Beatty Benjamin & Michael Murray Benjamin300,0000.40

12.H & G Limited295,0000.39

13.Leveraged Equities Finance Limited273,8820.36

14.Ian David McIlraith270,0000.36

15.NZX WT Nominees Limited250,7050.33

16.Anthony Joseph Ryan230,3220.31

17.Neil Douglas Waites225,5880.30

18.Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited221,5860.29

19.Andrew Paul Lissaman Everist211,5000.28

20.Colin Robert Beaven208,1000.28

ANNUAL REPORT 2026
|

135

134

|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Shareholder Information | Ngā Mōhiohio Kaipupurihea

Analysis of Shareholdings

Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholdings at 31 July 2026 was:

RANGETOTAL HOLDERSNUMBER OF SHARES% OF SHARES

1 – 4994,730763,6101.01

500 – 999951643,0740.85

1,000 – 1,9999381,227,8701.63

2,000 – 4,9999883,008,5483.99

5,000 – 9,9994382,855,5573.78

10,000 – 49,9995069,400,52912.45

50,000 – 99,999513,469,8104.60

100,000 – 499,999254,524,7035.99

500,000 – 999,99942,326,1283.08

1,000,000 Over647,264,25462.61

Total8,63775,484,083100.00

The Tables of Twenty Largest Registered Shareholders and Shareholding Analysis may differ, as certain shareholders may hold shares through more than

one registered entity.

Registered addresses of shareholders as at 31 July 2026 were:

ADDRESS

NUMBER OF

SHAREHOLDERS

% OF

SHAREHOLDERS

NUMBER OF

SHARES

% OF

SHARES

Singapore

80.0933,525,87344.41

New Zealand

8,39297.1631,748,88342.06

Australia

1411.639,872,61813.08

Other

961.12336,7090.45

Total

8,637100.0075,484,083100.00

Glossary | Rārangi Kupu

ACRONYM / TERMDEFINITION

$New Zealand dollar

$/headNew Zealand dollar per head

$/kgMSNew Zealand dollar per kilogram of milk solids

$/trayNew Zealand dollar per tray

%Per cent

AIArtificial Intelligence

APVMAAustralian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines

Authority

Base SalarySalary paid to an employee, excluding any

additional compensation or benefits

BoardBoard of Directors for PGG Wrightson Limited

c/kgCents per kilogram

CEOChief Executive Officer

CFOChief Financial Officer

CGUCash-generating unit

CompanyPGG Wrightson Limited

cpsCents per share

DBODefined Benefit Obligation

DirectorA director of PGG Wrightson Limited

EBITEarnings before Interest and Tax

EBITDAEarnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, and

Amortisation

ESGEnvironment, Social, and Governance

ECLExpected Credit Loss

EPSEarnings Per Share

ERPEnterprise Resource Planning

ESCTEmployer Superannuation Contribution Tax

EVElectric vehicle

FY

Financial Year ended or ending 30 June of the

relevant year

GRIGlobal Reporting Initiative

GroupPGG Wrightson Limited and its subsidiaries

GSTGoods and Services Tax

haHectares

HSWHealth, Safety and Wellbeing

IASInternational Accounting Standard

IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standard

ISOInternational Organization for Standardization

ACRONYM / TERMDEFINITION

ITOIndustry Training Organisation

JLVJoint Law Venture

KPIKey Performance Indicator

KGKilogram

LLPLimited Liability Partnership

LtdLimited

LVRLoan to Value Ratio

MPIMinistry for Primary Industries

NAITNational Animal Identification and Tracing

NIBDNet Interest-Bearing Debt

N PATNet Profit After Tax

NPSNet Promoter Score

N TANet Tangible Assets

NZNew Zealand

NZDNew Zealand dollar

NZ GAAPNew Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting

Practice

NZ IFRSNew Zealand equivalents to International Financial

Reporting Standards

NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange

NZX CODENZX Corporate Governance Code 2025

NZX50GNew Zealand Stock Exchange Gross 50 Index

PGWPGG Wrightson Limited

PTEPrivate

OSPRIOperational Solutions for Primary Industries

(New Zealand) Limited

PtyProprietary Company

RANRemuneration, Appointments and Nominations

R&DResearch and Development

ROCEReturn on Capital Employed

SEHKHong Kong Stock Exchange

SGXSingapore Stock Exchange

SOPStandard Operating Procedure

STIShort-Term Incentive

SZSEShenzhen Stock Exchange

TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

TSRTotal Shareholder Return

XRBExternal Reporting Board

Trademark notice:

Blue AG™, Wool Integrity NZ™, and other identified marks are trademarks of PGG Wrightson Limited. bidr® is a registered trademark of PGG Wrightson Limited.

136
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Corporate Directory | Whaiaronga Rangatōpū

Company number 142962 NZBN 9429040323497

Board of Directors

as at 30 June 2026

John Nichol

Chair

Audit Committee member and

Independent Director

Wilson Liu

Independent Director

Chair of Audit Committee

U Kean Seng

Director

Audit Committee member

Dr Charlotte Severne

Chair of Health, Safety and Environment

Committee and Independent Director

Appointed 1 July 2026

Mark Allison

Director

Executive Team

as at 30 June 2026

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

Nick Berry

General Manager Retail & Water

Julian Daly

General Manager Corporate Affairs

Company Secretary

Sarah Mears

General Manager People & Safety

Peter Newbold

General Manager Livestock & Real Estate

Peter Scott

Chief Financial Officer

Rachel Shearer

General Manager Wool

Registered Office

PGG Wrightson Limited

1 Robin Mann Place

Christchurch Airport

Christchurch 8053

PO Box 292

Christchurch 8140

Telephone:

0800 10 22 76 (NZ only)

+64 3 372 0800 (International)

Email:

enquiries@pggwrightson.co.nz

Auditors

Ernst & Young

Level 4

93 Cambridge Terrace

PO Box 2091

Christchurch 8140

Telephone: +64 3 379 1870

Managing your shareholding online

Te whakahaere tuihono i tō pānga hea

www.investorcentre.com/nz

General enquiries can be directed to:

Computershare Investor Services Limited

Level 2, 159 Hurstmere Road Takapuna, Auckland 0622

To change your address, update your

payment instructions and to view

your investment portfolio, including

transactions, please visit:

enquiry@computershare.co.nz

Private Bag 92119, Auckland 1142, New Zealand

Telephone +64 9 488 8777

Please assist our registrar

by quoting your CSN or

shareholder number.

Megan Shirley, PGW Technical Field

Representative, and Graham Ward, owner

of Morton Mains farm, near Invercargill,

Southland discuss his satisfaction with

the performance of his ewes grazing

herbicide-tolerant swedes over winter,

particularly their scanning results.

138
|

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

---

For the year ended 30 June 2026 | Mō te tau i mutu i te 30 Hune 2026
Sustainability Report

and Climate Statement

Pūrongo Toitū me te Tauākī Āhuarangi

E
Cover image: Fence height by Christmas, photographed by Caitlin Hayes for the

2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 01

|

SUSTAINABIL

ITY REPORT 2026

PGG Wrightson Limited (PGW) is pleased to present

its Sustainability Report and Climate Statement

for the year ending 30 June 2026.

Contents Ngā Kaupapa

About this Report Tenei Purongo 3

Climate-Related Disclosures Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Āhuarangi4

Key Information

Ngā Mōhiohio Hira 4

External Assurance

Whakaūnga ā-Waho4

Sustainability Reporting Standards

Ngā Paerewa Pūrongo Toitūtanga4

Material Topics

Ngā Take Kōrero4

About PGW

Mō PGW5

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals

Ngā Whāinga Whanaketanga Toitū

a te Kotahitanga o Ngā Iwi o te Ao

6

Memberships and Associations

Ngā Mematanga me ngā Hononga6

Stakeholder Engagement

Te Whai Wāhitanga o te Hunga Whaipānga8

Statement from the Directors

Tauākī a ngā Whakataka9

Statement from the Chief Executive Officer

Tauākī a te Tumu Whakahaere9

Climate Āhuarangi 10

Governance Mana Whakahaere10

Strategy

Rautaki12

Risk Management

Whakahaere Mōrea18

Metrics and Targets

Ngā Inenga me Ngā Ūnga19

Environment Taiao 20

Energy Pūngao20

Water

Wai 22

Waste

Para22

Social Pāpori 23

Employment Statistics Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi23

Education and Training

Te Mātauranga me te Whakangungu25

PGW Academy

Te whare wānanga o PGW 26

Remuneration and Benefits

Te Utu me ngā Painga26

Gender Pay

Utu ā-ira26

Parental Leave

Te Whakamatuatanga ā-Matua27

Health, Safety and Wellbeing

Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora 28

Sponsorships

Ngā Tautoko ā-Pūtea30

Governance Mana Whakahaere 33

Policy Kaupapahere 34

Supply Chain

Mekameka tuku35

Agricultural Chemicals

Matū ahuwhenua35

Research and Development

Rangahau me te Whanaketanga35

GRI Content Index


Kaupapa Pūrongo Aowhānui 37

Glossary Rārangi Kupu 38

This report provides our stakeholders with an overview of our sustainability

performance and activities over the year, including our climate-related disclosures.

This report covers activities for the 12 months from 1 July 2025 to 30
June 2026 and information aligns with the reporting period for PGW’s

financial reporting, unless otherwise stated. This report focuses on the

activities of PGW and all its controlled entities. The PGW Board reviews

and approves the content contained within this report.

PGW has voluntarily restated its greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions for all

reporting years following the identification of an additional emissions

source and the separation of a previously aggregated emissions source

within the inventory. The resulting change is not considered material,

as it remains below PGW's established materiality threshold of 5%.

Further details of the restatement are provided in the GHG Disclosure

Report 2026.

This report is designed to reflect the interests and expectations of

our stakeholders. We welcome your feedback and encourage you to

share any comments or questions about the content by contacting

us at enquiries@pggwrightson.co.nz. Your input helps us continue to

improve and ensure our reporting remains relevant and valuable.

Each year PGW discloses information relating to our most material sustainability impacts.

This is the fifth consecutive year of formal sustainability reporting and the third year of climate-

related disclosures for the business.

When sun meet moon, photographed by Chihui Tang

for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 02

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

About this Report

Tenei Purongo

Climate-Related Disclosures | Ngā Whakapuakanga ā-Āhuarangi
The climate-related disclosures included in this report have been prepared with reference to the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate

Standards (NZ CS) issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB). While PGW is no longer required to provide mandatory climate-related

disclosures, we have elected to continue reporting on climate-related matters (including scope 1 & 2 emissions) using elements of the

NZ CS that are most relevant and material to our business.

These disclosures are provided on a voluntary basis following the New Zealand Government's decision in 2025 to increase the climate

reporting threshold for listed issuers from $60 million to $1 billion in market capitalisation. As a result, PGW no longer meets the

definition of a Climate Reporting Entity. PGW is relying on the ‘no action’ relief issued by the Financial Markets Authority (FMA) on 28

October 2025 in relation to the announced, but not yet legislated, change in reporting thresholds.

Sustainability Reporting Standards | Ngā Paerewa Pūrongo Toitūtanga

The content of this reporting is prepared in the following:

With reference to the NZ CS using elements that are most relevant and material to our business.

In accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards.

The NZ CS closely align with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures framework and has a high degree of interoperability with

the International Sustainability Standards Board's IFRS S1 and IFRS S2 standards.

A reporting Index is included at the back of this report and provides an overview of the disclosures under the GRI Standards and the location

within this report.

In drafting the Sustainability Report and Climate Statement PGW applied the reporting principles from both NZ CS and the GRI Standards:

Aotearoa New Zealand Climate StandardsGlobal Reporting Initiative

Principles – Information

Relevance

Accuracy

Verifiability

Comparability

Consistency

Timeliness

Principles – Presentation

Balance

Understandability

Completeness

Coherence

Reporting Principles

Accuracy

Balance

Clarity

Comparability

Completeness

Sustainability context

Timeliness

Verifiability

External Assurance | Whakaūnga ā-Waho

PGW’s GHG Emissions Inventory has been externally assured.

Oxygen Consulting NZ Limited was engaged to provide limited

assurance over the scope 1 and scope 2 (location and market-

based) components of the GHG Inventory for FY26. A summary

of the GHG emissions for PGW are provided within this Report

and readers are advised to refer to the latest PGW GHG Disclosure

Report, containing detailed GHG information including reporting

boundaries and operational control assessments. A full copy of

Oxygen Consulting NZ Limited’s Independent Limited Assurance

Report for the period is available within the GHG Disclosure Report.

Broader disclosures contained within this Sustainability Report and

Climate Statement have not been externally assured.

Material Topics | Ngā Take Kōrero

Sustainability reporting has been informed by a materiality assessment completed in 2022 that was undertaken to prioritise which

environmental, social, and governance (ESG) topics that are most material to our stakeholders. The concept of double materiality was

applied, which looked across both the ‘impact on’ the business as well as the ‘impact of ’ the business. These allow our audience to

understand the two-way interaction between PGW and our wider operating environment.

The following issues were identified as the most material according to both their stakeholder and business impacts:

Workplace Health and Safety

Product Traceability, Assurance and Lifecycle Management

Waste and Hazardous Materials

GHG Emissions and Decarbonisation

Partnerships and Supporting Communities

Ecological Impacts of Agri-Chemicals

Compliance with Legal and Regulatory Requirements

Continuing voluntary

climate reporting

beyond regulatory

requirements

Our third year of climate-related

reporting and an evolution in our

management of climate-related risks

and opportunities.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 03

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Retail & Water | Rōpū Hokohoko me te Wai
PGW has a network of 88 retail stores across New Zealand split

between Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Horticulture branded

locations. Through the retail store network PGW offers a range

of products and services across farming and horticulture,

sourcing from New Zealand and international suppliers, as well

as through PGW’s wholesale division, Agritrade. PGW’s Water

& Irrigation business operates out of four dedicated water

branches, providing a complete service for water and irrigation

from design and planning through to maintenance and repair.

Supporting the retail network is a team of technical experts

specialising in a range of specialised services including

agronomy, soil science, animal health, animal nutrition, crop

specialists, crop monitoring, irrigation solutions and broader

technical advice.

Agritrade is PGW's wholesale business division, representing

rural, horticulture and water products sourced within New

Zealand and from around the world. Agritrade sells products

through PGW's retail stores, as well as to other retailers and

distributors who then on sell these products to farmer and

grower customers. Agritrade also includes the Nexan Group

(acquired on 31 July 2025), which is a leading manufacturer of

a portfolio of high-quality animal health products and solutions

for customers across New Zealand.

PGW is an agent for Ballance Agri-Nutrients for the sale of

fertilisers and has a key business relationship with Valmont

Industries through the design, sale and servicing of precision

irrigation solutions from Valley Irrigation.

About PGW | Mō PGW

Company name: PGG Wrightson Limited

Head Office Location: 1 Robin Mann Place,

Christchurch Airport 8053, New Zealand

PGW is a publicly listed company on the New Zealand stock exchange (NZX).

In 2026, PGW celebrates helping grow the country for 175 years, since May 1851

when George Gould opened Christchurch's first general store. PGW, and the

businesses that came before, have walked alongside New Zealand farmers and

growers, adapting to changing markets, new technologies, and the shifting needs of

rural communities.

As we celebrate our 175

th

anniversary, with a nationwide footprint of retail stores,

saleyards, wool stores, real estate offices, distribution centres, South Island water

branches, a specialist research and development laboratory, and a dedicated

research station, that same spirit of progress continues. To read more in-depth

information see:

PGW / Our Company / Our History.

PGW is a market leading, full service agricultural and horticultural supplies and

services business operating across the supply chain throughout New Zealand. The

business is split between two operating divisions: Retail and Water, and Agency. The

two areas are then split into seven main business units - Retail & Water includes Rural

Supplies, Fruitfed Horticulture, Water & Irrigation and Agritrade. Agency includes

Livestock, Wool and Real Estate For the purposes of this report any reference to ‘PGW’

or the ‘PGW Group’ refer to the entire business.

Agency | Kapa Umanga

Livestock |

Ngā Kararehe

PGW is the largest industry service provider, offering agency

services for the sale and purchase of livestock through auctions,

private sales, on-farm sales and specialist stud stock sales.

Supporting these services is a nationwide team specialising in

handling a range of livestock, offering on-farm assessments,

trade representation, strategic livestock selection through

genetics expertise and trade facilitation of wool and deer velvet.

PGW also offers a number of innovative services and products

including:

bidr® - New Zealand's market leading virtual saleyard

offering real-time, live auctions online.

agOnline™ - a key source of livestock listings across the

country to facilitate private sales.

GO-STOCK™ - a livestock grazing contract alternative to

finance to assist farmers to manage cashflow.

Defer-A-Bull™ - allowing farmers to secure a bull with no

upfront cost.

SkyCount™ - utilising advanced drone technology and

sophisticated artificial intelligence (AI) for livestock auditing.

Wool | Wūru

PGW has been supporting New Zealand sheep farmers

nationwide for 175 years, offering agency services for transacting

wool through auction, private sale and forward contracts. PGW

Wool provides comprehensive support from the farm gate to

markets worldwide.

Bloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Ltd (BBNZ) is a PGW subsidiary

company that procures this wool and arranges for it to be

scoured and exported primarily through logistics service

providers to worldwide processors, predominantly based in

Europe. In turn these manufacturers make products which are

sold either directly, or through retail outlets to end consumers.

BBNZ provides a transparent supply chain with most products

being able to be traced back to farm. The wool is produced

to strict assurance standards and BBNZ holds a number of

certifications including the Global Organic Textile Standard,

Ecolabel, Responsible Wool Standard, NZ Farm Assurance

Programme and PGW's own Wool Integrity

TM

brand.

Real Estate | Hokohoko Whenua

PGG Wrightson Real Estate Limited is a nation-wide non-

franchised real estate company assisting customers throughout

the country and across the globe to buy and sell New Zealand

property. The PGW Real Estate Team specialises in the purchase

and sale of farms, rural properties, lifestyle blocks and provincially

located residential homes and commercial buildings. The team

is responsible for around a quarter of all New Zealand’s farm

transactions and more than 150 licensed real estate salespeople.

Please visit Our History | PGG Wrightson

to explore these stories and discover

the legacy that continues to

influence our business today.

Significant Changes Since Last Year


PGW commenced operations from its Hastings research station.


The Nexan Group was acquired and integrated into the PGW group structure, with an existing operational lease in Auckland assumed.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 04

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Rural SuppliesFruitfed HorticultureWater & Irrigation

Agritrade

LivestockWoolReal Estate

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals | Ngā Whāinga Whanaketanga Toitū a te Kotahitanga o Ngā Iwi o te Ao
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) provide a globally recognised framework for addressing environmental, social and economic challenges.

PGG Wrightson is committed to supporting Māori participation, partnership and leadership across our sustainability journey and the delivery of the Sustainable Development Goals. We

recognise the important contribution of Māori perspectives, knowledge and aspirations in creating sustainable outcomes for our people, customers, communities and the environment.

PGW has assessed the SDGs against our business strategy, material sustainability topics and operational activities to identify where we can have the greatest impact. Through this

assessment, we identified the SDGs most relevant to our business and mapped how our activities contribute to specific SDG targets. The targets referenced below align with those

published by the United Nations and highlight the areas where PGW can make a meaningful contribution.

Memberships and Associations | Ngā Mematanga me ngā Hononga

PGW is committed to supporting the advancement of the agricultural and

horticultural sectors through active engagement with industry bodies and

associations. These relationships provide opportunities to contribute to industry

advocacy, encourage innovation, share knowledge, develop talent, and address

challenges facing the sector. PGW is currently a member of, or affiliated with, the

following organisations:

A Lighter Touch

AgRecovery

Animal & Plant Health New Zealand

Business Leaders Health and Safety Forum

Campaign for Wool

Deer Industry of New Zealand

International Wool Textile Organisation

National Council of New Zealand Wool Interests

New Zealand Association of Accredited Employers

New Zealand Council of Wool Exporters

New Zealand Elk and Wapiti Society

New Zealand Institute of Directors

New Zealand Institute of Safety Management

New Zealand Stock & Station Association

New Zealand Wool Brokers Association

Plasback

Real Estate Institute of New Zealand

Safer Farms

Wool Research Organisation of New Zealand

SDGPGW Contributions

Zero Hunger

Through the products we supply and the technical expertise we provide, PGW helps New Zealand farmers and growers improve productivity

(Target 2.3), strengthen the resilience and sustainability of agricultural systems (Target 2.4), and support the preservation of genetic diversity

across agricultural and horticultural operations (Target 2.5).

Good Health and

Well-being

As one of New Zealand's largest rural employers, we play an important role in supporting the wellbeing of our people and the communities

in which we operate. Through employee health and wellbeing programmes, community partnerships, sponsorships and local engagement

initiatives, we contribute to improved health outcomes (Target 3.8) and promote wellbeing (Target 3.4) across rural New Zealand.

Gender Equality

A diverse and inclusive workforce is critical to the long-term success of our business and the communities we serve. We are committed to

increasing workforce diversity and fostering a more gender-balanced organisation through initiatives that support the full and effective

participation of women in leadership and decision-making roles (Target 5.5).

Decent Work and

Economic Growth

With operations spanning rural communities throughout New Zealand, PGW contributes to economic productivity and growth (Target 8.2) while

creating employment opportunities across the country. We are committed to fair employment practices, including equal pay for equal work

(Target 8.5), the protection of labour rights and safe working environments (Target 8.8), and addressing modern slavery risks within our supply

chains (Target 8.7). These principles are fundamental to how we conduct business and create long-term value.

Industry, Innovation and

Infrastructure

Innovation and technical expertise play an important role in supporting productive and sustainable farming systems. We invest in research

and development (Target 9.5), including conducting more than 50 product trials annually, while our technical and sales teams work alongside

customers to improve resource efficiency and encourage the adoption of environmentally sustainable practices (Target 9.4).

Responsible

Consumption

and Production

Working alongside industry partners including AgRecovery and Plasback, we support initiatives to reduce waste and improve resource recovery

across the agricultural sector (Target 12.5). We also encourage suppliers and customers throughout our value chain to adopt more sustainable

business practices and reporting approaches (Target 12.6).

Climate Action

Building resilience to climate change is an important priority for our business. We have completed a comprehensive climate risk assessment

to strengthen our ability to respond to climate-related challenges and opportunities (Target 13.1). We are also progressing initiatives to reduce

operational greenhouse gas emissions and report transparently on our performance (Target 13.2), while continuing to build awareness and

capability across the organisation through education, action and reporting (Target 13.3).

Life on Land

Through our partnership with A Lighter Touch and our promotion of biological solutions, we support efforts to reduce pressure on natural

habitats and encourage more sustainable approaches to pest and disease management (Target 15.5). We also provide products that help manage

invasive species and weeds, supporting the protection of productive landscapes and ecosystems (Target 15.8).

Partnerships for

the Goals

PGW has strong partnerships with key suppliers and is a member of a number of agricultural and horticultural sector bodies (Target 17.16),

encouraging strong public-private partnerships (Target 17.17).

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 05

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 06

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

A fine crop, photographed by Dianne Martin

for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Stakeholder Engagement | Te Whai Wāhitanga o te Hunga Whaipānga
PGW takes the following approach to stakeholder engagement:

StakeholderWhy they are importantWays we engageKey issues

Employees

PGW employs around 1,800 people across New Zealand. Our people are central to our success,

and we recognise that strong business outcomes are achieved through a safe, engaged and

high-performing workforce. We use a range of channels and engagement initiatives to connect

with employees across our geographically dispersed operations.

Email communications

I ntranet updates

CEO updates

Face-to-face meetings

Phone calls and messaging platforms

Team meetings and briefings

Health, safety and wellbeing

Remuneration and benefits

Business performance and strategic direction

Learning and development opportunities

Sustainability and ESG performance

Customers

As a leading agricultural and horticultural supplies and services business, our customers are

integral to our success and value chain. Understanding and responding to their evolving needs

enables us to deliver products, services and expertise that support their businesses and help

build long-term relationships

Day-to-day customer interactions

Customer perception and satisfaction research

Retail sales and customer insights data

Field days and industry events

Technical support and advisory services

Product value and competitiveness

Product range and availability

Technical expertise and advice

Service quality and responsiveness

Sustainability of products and supply chains

Suppliers

Strong supplier relationships are essential to maintaining a reliable supply of high-quality

products and services. Collaboration with suppliers helps ensure availability, quality and timely

delivery, enabling us to meet customer expectations and support operational resilience.

Supplier meetings

I ndustry conferences and events

Category management discussions

Product trials, research and development activities

Supplier performance reviews

Cost pressures and market conditions

Supply chain resilience

Sustainabilit

y and ethical sourcing

Product quality and innovation

Demand forecasting and planning

Shareholders

Shareholders provide the capital that supports our business and long-term growth. They

have a strong interest in PGW's strategy, performance and governance, and value transparent

communication regarding the delivery of sustainable shareholder value.

Half Year and Annual Reports

Annual Shareholders' Meeting

NZX announcements

I nvestor communications and presentations

Company website

Financial performance

Strategy and long-term growth

Governance and risk management

Capital allocation

Reporting and disclosure

Communities

PGW operates throughout New Zealand, with a significant presence in many rural

communities. Building and maintaining strong community relationships supports our social

licence to operate and enables us to contribute positively to the regions in which we live and

work.

Provision of essential products and services

Community investment and sponsorships

Rural and regional events

Employee volunteering and local initiatives

Ongoing customer and community interactions

Community wellbeing and resilience

Environmental sustainability

Local economic contribution

Employment and career opportunities

Responsible business practices

iwi Māori

As a business operating across New Zealand, PGW recognises the importance of engaging with

iwi. Through meaningful relationships, engagement with industry stakeholders, and support

for iwi Māori agribusiness, we seek to uphold ahuwhenua principles and foster enduring

whanaungatanga that creates shared value for iwi Māori, Māori people and communities.

Dedicated Māori Agribusiness team

Direct engagement with Māori agribusiness customers and partners

Sponsorship of the Ahuwhenua Trophy

Representation at Māori agribusiness forums and industry events

Collaboration with iwi Māori, Māori people and communities

Sustainable farming and land management practices

Knowledge sharing and capability building

Support for Māori agribusiness development

Product value and service offering

Access to products, services and expertise

Industry, partnerships and

memberships

Industry partnerships and memberships provide valuable opportunities to collaborate,

share knowledge, influence positive change and address sector-wide challenges. Through

active participation, PGW contributes expertise, supports industry advancement and helps

strengthen the agricultural and horticultural sectors.

Participation in industry forums and advisory groups

I ndustry conferences and events

Membership associations

Collaborative projects and initiatives

Scholarships and industry development programmes

I ndustry development and innovation

Market opportunities for products and services

Regulatory and policy developments

Sector sustainability and resilience

Sharing knowledge and best practice

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 07

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Statement from the Directors | Tauākī a ngā Whakataka
At PGW, we recognise the important role we play in supporting the long-term sustainability and resilience

of New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural sectors. As a trusted partner to farmers and growers, we are

committed to helping our customers improve productivity, adapt to changing conditions, and build resilient

businesses that can thrive in an increasingly complex operating environment.

Sustainability remains an important strategic consideration for the Board and is integrated into our approach

to governance, risk management and long-term business planning. Although PGW is no longer required

to prepare mandatory climate-related disclosures following changes to New Zealand's climate reporting

framework, we have elected to continue reporting voluntarily. We believe transparent disclosure provides

stakeholders with meaningful insight into how we are managing sustainability-related risks and opportunities,

while supporting accountability and informed decision-making.

We recognise that sustainability extends beyond environmental matters and includes our broader

responsibilities to employees, customers, suppliers and communities. This includes maintaining high standards

of ethical conduct throughout our operations and supply chain. We maintain a zero-tolerance approach to

modern slavery, forced labour and human rights abuses. During the year, we formalised our Modern Slavery

Policy, progressed supplier due diligence processes, and continued to strengthen our understanding of

potential supply chain risks. This work supports our commitment to responsible sourcing and positions PGW to

respond to evolving stakeholder expectations and regulatory developments.

We are pleased to present this Sustainability Report and Climate Statement alongside our Annual Report,

reflecting our commitment to transparency, accountability and continuous improvement. While challenges

remain, we are focused on delivering practical, evidence-based action and supporting the ongoing success of

New Zealand's primary industries through strong partnerships, innovation and responsible leadership.

John Nichol

Chair and Independent Director

15 September 2026

Dr Charlotte Severne

Independent Director

15 September 2026

Statement from the Chief Executive Officer | Tauākī a te Tumu Whakahaere

PGW is pleased to present our third standalone Sustainability Report and Climate Statement. While this is our third

dedicated sustainability publication, it marks our fifth year of formal sustainability reporting. This report builds on

the foundations established through our earlier disclosures and reflects on the progress, challenges and learnings

of the past 12 months. Sustainability remains a core strategic priority for PGW and continues to be embedded

across our operations, decision-making and long-term business planning.

Importantly, this report includes our voluntary climate disclosures following proposed changes to the reporting

thresholds. While it is no longer mandatory for PGW to report under New Zealand's climate-related disclosure

regime, we believe there is significant value in maintaining transparency and accountability through continued

reporting informed by with the Climate Standards.

During FY26, PGW delivered a strong financial result, supported by favourable commodity prices across several

sectors and the resilience of New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural industries. However, the year also

highlighted the challenges facing rural communities as many regions across the country experienced significant

weather-related disruption. The number of days that regions spent under a declared state of emergency increased

almost fivefold compared with the previous year, reflecting the growing frequency, scale and duration of severe

weather events affecting communities, infrastructure and businesses nationwide.

As a business deeply connected to rural New Zealand, we see firsthand the impacts that extreme weather can

have on farming and growing businesses. In late 2025 severe windstorms affected homes, businesses, power

networks and rural infrastructure across Southland, Otago and Canterbury. This was followed in January 2026 by

the significant rainfall event across parts of the North Island caused widespread flooding, which tragically resulted

in loss of life and severe infrastructure damage to the region. These events serve as a reminder that building

resilience is not simply an environmental challenge but also an economic and social imperative.

This Sustainability Report and Climate Statement, prepared in accordance with the GRI Standards, provides

a transparent view of our sustainability journey and climate response. It outlines the actions we have taken,

the progress we have made against our commitments, and the areas where further work is required. Through

ongoing collaboration with our stakeholders, we remain committed to supporting New Zealand's transition to a

more sustainable, resilient, and productive economy.

Stephen Guerin

Chief Executive Officer

15 September 2026

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 08

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Governance | Mana Whakahaere
The role an entity’s governance body plays in overseeing climate-related risks and

climate-related opportunities, and the role management plays in assessing and

managing those climate-related risks and opportunities.

PGW's governance framework is established through its

Constitution, Corporate Governance Code and Board Charter,

which are aligned with the NZX Listing Rules and NZX

Corporate Governance Code (as at 31 March 2026).

The Board of Directors is responsible for the overall

governance of PGW and has ultimate accountability for the

oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities. This

includes overseeing PGW's risk management framework

and ensuring that material climate-related matters are

appropriately identified, assessed and managed.

The Board's composition is guided by the Board Charter

and is designed to provide a diverse mix of skills, experience

and perspectives relevant to PGW's operations and strategic

objectives. PGW publishes a Board Skills Matrix annually in

its Annual Report, which identifies sustainability as a key

area of Board capability. The Board receives periodic updates

on climate-related developments, emerging regulatory

requirements and sustainability matters to support the

ongoing development of climate-related governance

capability.

Management supports the Board by identifying, assessing

and managing climate-related risks and opportunities across

the business. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is primarily

responsible for reporting operational matters to the Board,

including emerging climate-related issues, progress against

sustainability initiatives, significant risks and opportunities,

and developments that may impact the economy,

environment, people or the business. These matters are

formally recorded in Board meeting minutes.

The Board's performance is ultimately accountable to

shareholders, who evaluate and influence Board composition

through director elections held at the Annual Shareholders'

Meeting (ASM). Information relating to the ASM, including

meeting minutes, is available at:

PGW / Investor Centre.

The Board meets at least six times each year and provides

strategic oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities

as part of its broader governance responsibilities. A key

mechanism supporting this oversight is the Strategic Risk

Register.

PGW defines strategic risks as those with the greatest

potential to affect the achievement of its strategic objectives

and business performance. Strategic risk registers are

reviewed and updated at least every six months by relevant

subject matter experts across the Group. The climate-

related risk and opportunity register is reviewed by the

Sustainability Committee, with material matters reported

through established governance channels to management

and the Board. Climate-related considerations are integrated

into strategic decision-making and are considered in the

development and execution of the Group Strategy.

The Board is also responsible for setting, monitoring and

overseeing sustainability objectives and targets, including

those relating to climate-related matters. These objectives

and targets are informed by the PGW Sustainability

Strategy, which guides PGW's approach to managing its

environmental, social and governance responsibilities.

Progress against sustainability objectives and targets is

reported annually through disclosures aligned with the

GRI Standards and other relevant reporting frameworks.

At present, climate-related performance measures are not

incorporated into remuneration review processes.

Guarded by the peaks, photographed by Chihui Tang

for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Climate

Āhuarangi

PAGE 09

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

Responsibilities
Responsibilities

Governance Committees

Management Committees

The Board is supported by several governance and management

forums that oversee, monitor and manage climate-related risks and

opportunities. These groups, and their meeting frequencies, are

outlined below.

PGW Governance GroupFrequency of Meeting

PGW Board of DirectorsOnce every two months

Audit CommitteeQuarterly

Board Health, Safety and

Wellbeing Committee

Quarterly

Executive Leadership TeamMonthly

Risk and Compliance

Committee

Quarterly

Group Health, Safety and

Wellbeing Committee

Quarterly

Sustainability CommitteeQuarterly

The Audit Committee assists the Board in discharging its oversight

responsibilities by supporting the effectiveness of PGW's internal

control and risk management systems. The Committee reviews strategic

risks, including climate-related risks, and monitors whether appropriate

processes are in place to identify, assess and respond to risks within

PGW's risk appetite.

The Board Health, Safety and Wellbeing Committee assists the

Board to provide leadership and policy in consistently discharging their

responsibilities in the governance of health, safety and safety-related

environmental considerations. The Committee adopts a continuous

improvement approach to strengthen organisational capability,

enhance health and safety culture, and support effective environmental

management practices across the business.

The Executive Leadership Team oversees the implementation of

risk treatments across the business and is responsible for day-to-day

operational management. This includes allocating resources and

supporting activities that contribute to achieving the objectives and

targets set out in the PGW Sustainability Strategy. Membership includes

the CEO, Chief Financial Officer (CFO), and General Managers from each

business unit and functional area.

The Risk and Compliance Committee is responsible for the review of

the Group and business unit risk registers, including identification of

new and emerging risks, future risk strategies, changes in risk profiles

as well as oversight that key risk treatments are being delivered. The

Risk and Compliance Committee receives and considers updates to the

climate-related risks from subject matter experts within the business.

The Management Health, Safety and Wellbeing Committee

coordinates and oversees the activities of the six business unit Health,

Safety and Wellbeing (HSW ) committees. The Committee reviews

reportable events, monitors the management of critical risks, oversees

wellbeing initiatives, and considers matters raised by elected employee

representatives to support a consistent approach to HSW across the

Group.

The Sustainability Committee is a cross-functional management

committee chaired by the Sustainability Manager. The Committee

oversees implementation of the PGW Sustainability Strategy, reviews

climate-related risks and opportunities, supports the preparation

of external sustainability disclosures, and considers material ESG

matters. The Sustainability Manager is responsible for escalating

recommendations and significant climate-related matters through the

appropriate governance forums. Climate-related risks, opportunities

and performance updates are reported to the Board at least six-

monthly, with additional reporting provided as required.

Approval of all strategy documents and

ultimate accountability for all company-

wide risks.

Oversight of the management of

Sustainability Strategy and climate-

related risks and opportunities.

Oversight of the effectiveness of the risk

management system.

Management of HSW activities and

safety-related environmental risks.

Drive implementation of the

Sustainability Strategy and provide

recommendations on climate-related

risks.

Oversight of HSW activities, controls

and performance.

Management of climate-related risks

and controls.

Sustainability

Committee

Executive

Leadership Team

Audit Committee

Board HSW Committee

PGW Board

Risk and Compliance

Committee

Management HSW

Committee

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 10

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

Scenario Analysis
PGW has undertaken comprehensive climate scenario analysis based on the Agriculture Sector Climate Change Scenarios developed

by the sector and led by The Aotearoa Circle. PGW was a participant in the work to develop these scenarios, with PGW team members

attending a number of sector-based scenario workshops hosted by The Aotearoa Circle.

The three scenarios are shown below:

PGW undertook a series of qualitative internal workshops to assess

the potential impacts, risks, and opportunities associated with

the climate scenarios. These workshops involved key leaders from

across PGW's business units and support functions, including

Retail and Water, Agritrade, Livestock, Wool, Real Estate, Corporate

Affairs, and People and Safety.

PGW assessed climate-related risks and opportunities across the

short, medium, and long-term using the following time horizons:

Short-term: 0-20 years

Medium-term: 20-70 years

Long-term: More than 70 years

These time horizons are longer than those typically applied in

PGW's Group risk management and business planning processes.

This reflects the extended periods used in climate modelling, and

scenario analysis to assess the potential impacts of climate change

and the transition to a low-emissions economy.

In contrast, strategic business planning and capital allocation

decisions are generally made over shorter timeframes, reflecting

the period over which market conditions, customer demand,

technology, and economic factors can be more reliably assessed.

Particular attention was given to the agricultural sector impacts

identified within the scenarios, including changes in dairy and

livestock herd numbers, horticultural and arable land areas, and

exotic and native forestry. The scenarios were assessed in the

context of PGW's operations, strategic priorities, key markets,

and operating environment. PGW also undertook targeted

interviews with key personnel whose roles are directly impacted

by, or influence, the organisation's ability to respond to and build

resilience against climate-related challenges.

PGW reviewed the outcomes of the workshops and interviews

to identify and prioritise the most material climate-related risks

and opportunities for the business. Climate-related risks and

opportunities are regularly considered by the Executive Leadership

Team and Board, supporting informed decision-making regarding

capital allocation, investment priorities, and strategic planning.

Risk treatment actions are evaluated on a cost-benefit basis,

with the objective of reducing risk exposure to levels considered

acceptable by the business.

Orderly

|

Tū-ā-pae

(stance in order, step in succession)

Tū-ā-pae represents a world

defined by a smooth transition

to net zero CO2 by 2050. Global

warming is limited to 1.5°C

through stringent climate policies

and innovation.

Tū-ā-pae assumes climate policies

are introduced immediately and

become gradually more stringent

as 2050 looms. Both physical

and transition risks are relatively

subdued. Achieving net zero

by 2050 reflects an ambitious

mitigation scenario.

Disorderly

|

Tū-ā-hopo

(misstep)

Tū-ā-hopo represents a world with

little policy action until after 2030

after which strong, rapid action is

implemented to limit warming to

2°C. In Tū-ā-hopo, countries and

territories use fossil-fuel heavy

policies to recover from Covid-19, so

emissions increase, and nationally

determined contributions are not

met.

It is only after 2030 that new climate

change policies are introduced,

but not all countries take equal

action. Consequently, physical and

transition risks are higher. This is a

costly and disruptive transition.

Hot House

|

Tū-ā-tapape

(faltered step, to fall)

Tū-ā-tapape scenario describes

a world in which emissions

continue to rise unabated as

no additional climate policies

are introduced. Fossil fuel use

continues to increase, and so

global CO2 emissions continue

to rise and warming is expected

to reach 3°C higher by 2080.

The physical impact of climate

change is severe. There are

irreversible changes such as

ice sheet loss and sea level rise.

Adapting to climate change has

become the priority.

Strategy | Rautaki

How climate change is currently impacting an entity and how it may do so in the future.

This includes the scenario analysis an entity has undertaken, the climate-related risks and

opportunities an entity has identified, the anticipated impacts and financial impacts of these,

and how an entity will position itself as the global and domestic economy transitions towards

a low-emissions, climate-resilient future.

Climate change is a matter of double materiality for PGW. PGW both contributes to climate change through GHG emissions associated

with its operations and value chain, and is affected by the physical and economic impacts of a changing climate.

PGW's climate-related impacts arise directly from emissions generated by its operations and indirectly through activities across its value

chain, from suppliers through to customers. At the same time, climate change presents a range of risks and opportunities that may

affect PGW's operations, customers, supply chains, and long-term business performance.

Climate-related risks are generally categorised as either physical risks or transition risks. PGW's assessment of these risks is outlined

below.

Physical risks are risks arising as a result of chronic changes to

the climate such as rising sea levels and warming temperatures, in

addition to acute and extreme weather events such as droughts

and flooding. The most significant physical risks to the agricultural

sector are:

Inability for existing practices to maintain productivity and

output.

Increased volatility in production and reduced ability to get

product to market.

Increases in pests and diseases.

Increased water stress and lack of water security.

Transition risks are risks arising from the process of adjusting

to a low carbon economy or adapting to the impacts of climate

change. The most significant transition risks to the agricultural

sector are:

Inability for the sector to develop a whole system approach

to build resilience for effective adaptation.

Inability for the sector to keep up with the rate of global

technological change.

Loss of identity and degradation of mauri for rural

communities and agricultural sector operators.

Policy becomes misaligned with the needs of the sector

and how it operates.

Inability to maintain public acceptance to access and/or

operate in key markets.

Failure to understand and meet changing consumer

preferences in the market.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 11

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

Climate-Related Impacts | Ngā Pānga Hāngai Āhuarangi
PGW has experienced the following climate-related impacts in recent years:

ImpactTypeDescriptionFinancial Impact

Weather Impacts

Physical (Acute)PGW has experienced the disruption of significant weather events that are seemingly increasing in significance and

frequency. In late 2025, severe windstorms caused widespread disruption across Southland, Otago, and Canterbury,

impacting homes, businesses, power networks, and rural infrastructure. This was followed in January 2026 by a significant

rainfall event across parts of the North Island that resulted in widespread flooding, extensive infrastructure damage, and,

tragically, loss of life.

The increasing frequency and severity of weather-related events is consistent with broader national observations. IAG's

2026 Wild Weather Tracker reported 46 storm events across New Zealand between March 2025 and February 2026,

resulting in more than 33,000 insurance claims. The report noted that storms are now occurring, on average, every eight

days, compared with every 19 days over the previous 15-year period, highlighting the growing exposure of communities,

infrastructure, and businesses to weather-related disruption.

These events affected many of PGW's customers and reinforced the challenges that severe weather can create for the

agricultural sector, including damage to infrastructure, disruption to transport networks, reduced productivity, and delays

in recovering products and services to market.

PGW plays an important role in supporting customers before, during, and after significant weather events through the

provision of products, technical expertise, and on-the-ground support. The impacts reinforce the need for continued

investment in climate adaptation and resilience to support the long-term sustainability of New Zealand's rural

communities and agricultural sector.

Nil – On balance.

The financial impacts of weather-related events on PGW are inherently

uncertain and vary according to the nature and severity of each event.

While significant weather events may temporarily reduce revenue and

disrupt business activity in affected regions, these impacts can be partially

offset through increased demand for products and services that support

recovery and rebuilding efforts. As a result, the overall financial effect can

vary considerably between events.

Land Use Change

(To Horticulture)

Physical

(Chronic) /

Transitional

PGW monitors regional land use trends across New Zealand, including the ongoing conversion of land from traditional

pastoral farming activities to horticultural production. Over recent years, PGW has observed growth in demand for

horticultural products, services, and technical support in regions where horticultural activity has expanded.

This trend has contributed to growth within PGW's Fruitfed Horticulture business, reflecting increased demand for

specialist crop protection, nutrition, irrigation, and agronomy services. As horticultural production continues to develop in

suitable regions, PGW expects demand for these products and services to remain supported.

Fruitfed Horticulture is PGW's specialist horticultural service and supply business, operating a nationwide network of

stores across New Zealand's key horticultural regions. This network is supported by more than 50 Technical Horticultural

Representatives who provide technical advice and support to growers throughout the country.

Not feasible to calculate – Net positive.

PGW considers the ongoing expansion of horticultural land use to

represent a potential business opportunity, reflecting the generally higher

demand for specialist products, services, and technical support associated

with horticultural production.

However, the financial impact cannot be reliably quantified due to the

range of factors that influence land use decisions, grower returns, and

future demand for horticultural inputs and services.

Land Use Change

(To Forestry)

Physical

(Chronic) /

Transitional

PGW monitors the ongoing conversion of pastoral farmland into forestry, as changes in land use can have implications

across multiple areas of the business. Forestry generally requires fewer ongoing agricultural inputs than pastoral farming,

which can reduce demand for products and services supplied through PGW's Retail and Water, Agritrade, and Fruitfed

Horticulture businesses.

Forestry conversions may also reduce demand for livestock and wool agency services where land is no longer used for

grazing. In addition, lower levels of farming activity may reduce demand for related technical services and rural support

products.

Land use change can also influence activity within PGW Real Estate. Forestry investors often hold land for longer periods

aligned with forestry rotation cycles, which may reduce the frequency of land transactions compared with traditional

farming operations.

The rate and scale of farm-to-forestry conversions have varied in recent years, influenced by changes in policy settings,

carbon market economics, afforestation incentives, commodity prices, and broader land use trends. As a result, the extent

of future forestry conversion remains uncertain and may vary significantly between regions.

Not feasible to calculate – Net negative.

PGW considers increased farm-to-forestry conversion likely to have a

negative financial impact on the business, as forestry generally requires

fewer ongoing inputs and services per hectare than traditional agricultural

land uses.

It is not feasible to reliably quantify the financial impact associated with

land use change to forestry, as it is influenced by multiple complex and

interconnected factors.

Recent Updates to the Climate-

Related Risks and Opportunities

Register

During FY26, PGW reviewed its climate-

related risks and opportunities register to

confirm that identified impacts, risks, and

opportunities remain appropriate and

reflective of current conditions. The impacts

register was updated to reflect the current

impacts experienced by the business;

however, no material changes were made

to the risks or opportunities registers.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 12

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

Climate-Related Risks
TopicTypeMagnitudeTime HorizonDescription

Land Use Change

(To Forestry)

Physical (Chronic) /

Transitional

ExtremeMedium-termLand-use change from agricultural and horticultural land to forestry, driven by both physical impacts (acute and chronic climate-related weather events), as well as transitional impacts (policy changes and consumer

trends) are expected to continue over the medium-term. Land-use change towards forestry presents a risk to PGW, due to the proportional business income PGW derives from agricultural and horticultural customers

compared to forestry customers.

As land use changes from agricultural to forestry this has significant implications for PGW. Direct impacts are seen in the reduction in transaction volumes for livestock sales and wool, as well as a significant reduction in

retail inputs. This represents a permanent loss of business and reduction to the overall size of the market to PGW.

Market consolidation may occur in market segments impacted by land use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW to increase market share within a sector.

Supply Chain

Impacts

Physical (Acute

and Chronic)

ModerateMedium-termAs PGW derives significant proportion of its revenue from retail operations, any changes to the supply chain can have a large impact to the overall business. New Zealand is already seen as one of the riskiest insurance

markets globally due to weather events and seismic activity. However, as extreme weather events increase in frequency and intensity, it is expected there would be commensurate increases to insurance costs to cover

the anticipated loss profile.

Supply chain transport costs are expected to see increases in the medium-term as externalities are added in, such as carbon pricing on fuels (alongside fluctuations resulting from geo-political events impacting oil

prices). As well as impacts from weather events causing damage to road and ports being passed on through freight charges.

As extreme weather events increase in frequency and intensity it is expected that these events could disrupt supply chains. Impacts have the potential to occur in supplier manufacturing facilities (including their inputs)

or transportation/logistics routes (land, sea and air). Supply chain disruptions could impact the availability of product across New Zealand. The availability of the product can lead to customer operational impacts and

subsequently customer profitability, their ability to spend and may impair revenue forecasts for PGW.

Any impacts (or potential impact) to the supply chain have the ability to increase input costs. Increased input costs present as a risk to PGW, as costs are likely to be passed through to the consumer and may result in a

reduced sales volumes.

Employee

Recruitment and

Retention

TransitionMinorMedium-termAs the impacts from climate change are being directly realised at an individual business unit level, areas experiencing reduced profitability and reduced operational activities may have flow on effects for employee

motivation and morale. It is expected that these impacts could result in short-term employee retention issues, causing a loss of knowledge which may impact PGW’s provision of services in the short-term.

Employee recruitment may also become an issue as in-demand skills will be highly sought after, creating a highly competitive environment for talent acquisition. PGW will need to continue to differentiate its employee

value proposition to attract highly skilled team members going forward.

Market consolidation activities may occur within sectors impacted by climate change and land use change. As PGW is a diversified business, market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW to increase

market share within a sector, potentially changing employee profiles.

Pests and Diseases

Physical (Chronic)MinorMedium-termThe prevalence of pests and diseases across New Zealand is expected to increase as climate conditions change. Changing climates may allow new and unique pests establish suitable habitats in New Zealand. Increases

to pest and disease burden may have a detrimental impact on the economic activity across PGW’s agricultural and horticultural customer base.

As the prevalence of pests and diseases increases, so too does the potential for resistance to existing control measures. If pests or diseases become endemic, they have the potential to drastically change market

dynamics, eroding the profitability of entire sub-sectors, or causing prolonged economic impairment. If medium to long-term customer profitability were to be impaired, this will result in impairment to PGW revenue

streams as customers reduce spend.

As a proactive response to the anticipated increased prevalence of pests and diseases PGW has formally established a Biosecurity Working Group to support preparedness for, response to, and recovery from biosecurity

threats and incidents. This group develops a PGW-wide understanding of biosecurity risks and their potential impacts on the business, as well as ensuring preparedness, readiness and response coordination.

Water Scarcity

Physical (Acute

and Chronic)

ModerateMedium-termClimate change is expected to impact rainfall patterns across New Zealand. With the following impacts projected by the Ministry for the Environment:

Annual pattern of increases in west and south of New Zealand and decreases in north and east.

More dry days throughout the North Island, and in inland South Island.

Increased extreme daily rainfalls, especially where mean rainfall increases.

This substantial variation in projected rainfall patterns is likely to stress water catchments, putting pressure on regulatory bodies to address extraction licences and resource consenting. Uncertainty on extraction licences

or resource consents may impact PGW customers and their ability to derive income from farming and growing operations, in turn impairing PGW revenue streams.

Primary Sector

Emissions

Efficiency

TransitionModerateShort-termAs climate change regulation changes there is potential that both PGW its customers within the agricultural and horticultural sectors will likely be exposed to greater levels of regulation associated with GHG emissions.

The key areas are likely to be the emissions trading scheme and broader environmental regulation. As the regulatory environment changes this may impair PGW’s revenue, through impacts to customer cashflow and

ability to spend.

Emissions efficiency and environmental performance requirements may also be led by the customer, setting standards within their terms of trade (such as Nestlé driving GHG through their value chain influencing

Fonterra and ultimately on-farm activities). Customer-led requirements have the potential to add cost impacts to PGW customers and may impair PGW revenue streams unless the costs are passed to the end consumer.

PGW is unable to disclose quantitative information in relation to the climate-related risks due to the complex, interconnected nature of the modelling required.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 13

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

Climate-Related Opportunities
TopicTypeMagnitudeTime HorizonDescription

Land Use

Change (to

Horticulture)

Physical

(Chronic) /

Transitional

ExtremeMedium-termLand-use change to horticultural production represents

an opportunity to PGW. As growing regions change across

New Zealand, primarily as a result of changes in climate, the

viability of specific crops may expand out of traditional regions

and new crops may enter the New Zealand market.

PGW is well positioned to address this opportunity through

the existing Fruitfed Horticulture business unit, utilising this

existing channel to provide product and service offerings

to meet future customer demand. The horticultural growth

opportunity may also be augmented by changing consumer

trends regarding lower chemical use, reduced carbon

footprint and supply chain provenance.

PGW will need to continue to meet customers’ needs through

the importation of appropriate products, availability of

products, supply chain transparency and reduced emissions.

Market consolidation may occur in market segments

impacted by land use change. As PGW is a diversified business,

market consolidation may present as an opportunity for PGW

to increase market share within a sector.

Pest and

Disease Control

Physical

(Chronic)

MinorMedium-termIt is expected that the prevalence of pests and diseases across

New Zealand will increase as climate conditions change.

This pest and disease burden is likely to have a detrimental

impact on the economic activity across PGW's agricultural and

horticultural customer base over the medium-term.

As the success of PGW is closely tied to the success of its

customers, there is an aligned incentive to assist customers

with the control of emerging pests and diseases. The provision

of pest and disease control and advice will likely present

an economic opportunity for PGW through the sale of the

products and services to customers. Such opportunities could

include the expansion of crop monitoring services within

Fruitfed Horticulture, the importation and sale of new and

unique agri-chemical solutions and drench options (among

other solutions).

Primary Sector

Emissions

Solutions

TransitionModerateShort-termAs regulatory and business pressure increases for farmers

and growers to reduce GHG emissions, the demand for

services to assist with this is likely to increase. Examples of the

solutions which may result in commercialisation in the years

ahead include methane inhibiting boluses, anti-methanogen,

anti-acidosis or anti-urease vaccines, crop substitutions, feed

supplements, in-feed or in-water treatments. As a trusted

supplier to the agricultural sector, PGW is well placed to

provide technical advice and sell the emissions reduction

solutions directly to farmers and growers.

PGW is unable to disclose quantitative information in relation to the climate-related opportunities due to the complex, interconnected nature of the modelling required.

PGW Group Strategy | Rautaki Rōpū a PGW

PGW is guided by its purpose and vision, it showcases the reason we exist and the impact we want to have on our customers.

Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō

EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS

FOR GENERATIONS TO COME.

Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu

mō ngā reanga e ara mai ana.

Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa

HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED

WITH EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.

He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu

mā ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.

The PGW Board is responsible for the Group Strategy and each business unit and its leaders have responsibility for its delivery. The Group

Strategy provides a clear framework for aligning business activities around common priorities and outcomes.

The Group Strategic Priorities record our Group level areas of focus, and then these priorities are layered in more detail in the business units

and corporate functions. All priorities have specific measurable objectives, and progress is monitored over time.

Sustainability is one of PGW's Group Strategic Priorities, providing direction to embed environmental, social, and governance practices

across PGW operations and value chains for long-term resilience and social responsibility.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 14

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

Our Group Strategic Priorities

BUSINESS UNITS

• Rural Supplies

• Fruitfed Horticulture

• Water

• Agritrade

• Livestock

• Wool

• Real Estate

BUSINESS FUNCTIONS

• Regional

• Information Technology

• People & Safety

• Marketing

• Procurement & Property

• Finance

• Corporate Aff airs

• Māori Agribusiness

Our Purpose | Tā Mātou Kaupapa

HELPING FARMERS AND GROWERS SUCCEED WITH

EXPERT KNOWLEDGE AND CONFIDENCE.

He āwhina i ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu kia angitu mā

ngā mōhiotanga mātanga me te ngākau titikaha.

Our Values | Tā Mātau Uara

Our Vision | Tā Mātou Tūruapō

EMPOWERED FARMERS AND GROWERS FOR

GENERATIONS TO COME.

Kia ihumanea ngā kaipāmu me ngā kaitipu mō ngā

reanga e ara mai ana.

Harness PGW’s

collective reach,

relationships,

and systems to

strategically grow

the business and

market share.

Identify and off er

innovative solutions

that utilise science

and systems,

supporting farmers

and growers to reach

their goals.

Draw on our heritage,

reach, technical

expertise, customer

relationships, and

scale as a source

of competitive

advantage.

Develop the technical

expertise of our

people, anticipate the

requirements of our

future workforce, and

keep our team safe

and well.

Leverage Our

Collective Reach

Customer Focused

Innovation

Diff erentiated

Off ering

Invest in Our

People

SustainabilityPerformance

Measures

Embed environmental,

social and governance

practices across PGW

operations and value

chains for long-term

resilience and social

responsibility.

Monitor fi nancial,

safety, and customer

experience KPIs,

analysing and

interpreting data to

improve business

outcomes.

Accountability

Te Papanga

Leadership

Te Hautūtanga

Integrity

Pono

Smarter

Kia koi ake

Teamwork

Te Mahi Tahi

The full version of the CTP is available on our website:
www.pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability

Sustainability Strategy | Te Rautaki mō te Toitūtanga

PGW’s Sustainability Strategy (Te Rautaki mō e

Toitūtanga) addresses three pillars - stewardship of our

environment, support of our people and communities,

and excellence in corporate citizenship. The strategy

addresses the sustainability topics that are the most

material to our stakeholders and business objectives.

The Sustainability Strategy is underpinned by a series

of measurable objectives that focus on strengthening

organisational resilience, reducing environmental

impacts, supporting our people, enhancing supply

chain accountability, and improving transparency

through regular reporting and disclosure. Progress

against these objectives is monitored over time to

support continuous improvement and long-term value

creation.

The full version of the Sustainability Strategy is

available on our website:

www.pggwrightson.co.nz/

sustainability

Climate Transition Plan | Mahere Whakawhiti Āhuarangi

PGW is committed to supporting the transition to a low-

emissions, climate-resilient future while strengthening

the resilience of its own operations, customers, and value

chain.

The PGW Climate Transition Plan (CTP) provides the

strategic framework for how PGW will respond to

climate-related risks and opportunities. It considers

the evolving operating environment, land-use change

trends, regulatory developments and changing customer

expectations. Through this lens, the CTP helps ensure

PGW remains well positioned to adapt to a changing

climate while continuing to create long-term value for

stakeholders.

A key focus of the CTP is the delivery of PGW's

operational emissions reduction target of a 30%

reduction in Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by FY30

from an FY21 baseline. Achieving this target will

require continued investment in fleet efficiency, energy

management, renewable energy, and operational

improvements across the business.

The CTP also recognises the critical role innovation will

play in supporting the future agriculture and horticulture.

PGW will continue to work alongside suppliers and

customers to identify and deliver solutions that improve

productivity and support emissions reduction. This

includes opportunities associated with livestock methane

reduction technologies, digital transformation, and the

ongoing evolution of products and supply chains. PGW

is well positioned to help bring emerging solutions to

market and support their adoption across farms and

orchards throughout New Zealand.

The PGW Group Strategy, Sustainability Strategy, CTP

and climate-related risks and opportunities register

collectively inform strategic planning, capital allocation,

and investment decision-making. Sustainability

considerations are incorporated into business cases and

investment proposals across the Group, helping ensure

resources are directed towards initiatives that support

long-term business resilience, contribute to sustainability

objectives.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 15

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

Sustainability Strategy

PillarsObjectivesTargets

Environment

Stewardship of our environment

1. Comprehensive greenhouse gas reporting across the

entire value chain.

2. Enhance systems to support environmental compliance

across operations.

3. Transition vehicle fleet to more emissions-efficient options

(gCO2-e/km).

4. Support biological products for NZ agricultural and

horticultural applications.

5. Support quality systems to improve product provenance

reporting and traceability capabilities.

6. Promote a circular approach to waste management

through product stewardship schemes.

7. Collaborate with suppliers and clients to reduce

environmental impacts and improve animal welfare

outcomes.

1. Reduction in operational market-based greenhouse

emissions (scope 1 & 2) by 30% by FY30 from our

FY21 baseline.

2. Annually disclose a comprehensive emissions

inventory (scope 1, 2 & 3), including calculation

methodologies and set targets.

3. Improve building energy efficiency by 20% by

FY30 from our FY21 baseline and prioritise the

electrification of key assets.

Social

Support our people and communities

1. Champion a health, safety and wellbeing culture that

involves people, builds capability and protects physical

and mental health.

2. Support equitable opportunities to enhance diversity and

inclusion.

3. Invest in employee development, growing technical

expertise and leadership capability.

4. Make meaningful contributions within communities

through events and sponsorships.

5. Grow and develop our relationships with Māori

agribusinesses.

1. Year-on-year reduction in Total Recordable Injury

Frequency Rate.

2. Annually report on the gender pay gap and develop

strategic actions to drive improvement.

3. Annual improvement to customer perceptions of

PGW as a sustainable business in customer research

outcomes.

Governance

Excellence in corporate citizenship

1. Uphold high standards of ethical behaviour, integrity,

transparency and accountability.

2. Exceed corporate reporting standards across all public

disclosures.

3. Drive improvements within supply chains through

procurement and due diligence activities.

1. Continually embed sustainability into PGW policies

and practices, driving sustainability through internal

decision-making processes.

2. Strengthen sustainability assessment criteria in

procurement processes and tendering activities.

3. Enhance supplier due diligence assessments

across the retail supply chain to drive sustainability

performance.

The United Nations Sustainable Developmental Goals are a set of global objectives to address poverty, inequality, climate change, environmental protection, peace, and prosperity. PGW has mapped the most material

impacts against the corresponding sustainability pillars.

The Tutaekuri river winds next to vine, photographed by
Carl Gundersen for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 16

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

Risk Management | Whakahaere Mōrea
How an entity’s climate-related risks are identified, assessed, and managed and how those

processes are integrated into existing risk management processes.

PGW is committed to effective risk management and fostering a culture where risk awareness and accountability are embedded

throughout the organisation. Risk management forms an integral part of business operations and decision-making, supporting the

delivery of strategy, organisational resilience, and sustainable long-term performance.

PGW takes a pragmatic approach to risk management, applying controls and mitigation measures that are proportionate to the nature,

scale, and potential impact of identified risks. Risk management does not seek to eliminate all risk; rather, it enables PGW to understand

its risk exposures, assess the effectiveness of existing controls, and determine the level of risk it is prepared to accept in pursuit of its

strategic objectives.

Risk management is a shared responsibility across the organisation. The Board is responsible for overseeing the effectiveness of PGW's

risk management framework, including approving the Risk Management Policy, defining risk appetite, and monitoring the management

of material risks. The Board, supported by the Audit Committee, receives regular reporting on the Group's risk profile and associated

assurance activities. The Audit Committee assists the Board by overseeing the processes used to identify, assess, manage, and monitor

risks across the business.

Risks are identified, assessed, and managed across all levels of the organisation as part of day-to-day business activities and operational

planning. Business units are responsible for maintaining and reviewing their risk registers and implementing appropriate controls and

mitigation actions. The Group's risk profile is reviewed by the Audit Committee at least every six months, while business unit risk registers

are formally reviewed on an annual basis or more frequently where required.

PGW risk assessment utilises the following risk matrix across impact and likelihood:

InsignificantMinorModerateMajorExtreme

Almost Certain

MediumHighHighVery HighVery High

Likely

MediumMediumHighVery HighVery High

Possible

LowMediumHighHighVery High

Unlikely

LowLowMediumHighHigh

Very Unlikely

LowLowMediumMediumHigh


RatingProbabilityDescription

Almost Certain

>90%Virtually guaranteed to occur

Likely

>70%Will probably occur or has been a common occurrence

Possible

>40%Could occur at some stage or there is some history of occurrence

Unlikely

>10%Could occur, and little history of occurring in the past

Very Unlikely

<10%May occur only in exceptional circumstances

The impact of risks are assessed across a range of types, including management effort,

financial, people, reputational, legislative, infrastructure, project delivery, customers and

environmental.

For the purposes of enterprise risk management, PGW applies the following time

horizons when assessing strategic and operational risks:


Short-term: 1-2 years


Medium-term: 3-5 years


Long-term: More than 5 years.

PGW applies a consistent approach for identifying, assessing, managing and prioritising

climate-related risks as all strategic risks. All parts of the PGW value chain are included as

part of the risk management process.

PGW's risk management framework aligns with the principles of ISO 31000:2018 Risk

Management, providing a structured and consistent approach to managing uncertainty,

supporting informed decision-making, and protecting and creating value. The

framework is underpinned by the eight principles of effective risk management and is

applied across the organisation to support the achievement of strategic objectives.

The adjacent diagram outlines the risk management process described in ISO

31000:2018.

The risk management process includes five key stages: risk identification, likelihood

assessment, impact assessment, risk treatment, and risk acceptance. Risks are evaluated

using a risk matrix that considers both likelihood and impact, allowing PGW to assess

inherent risk before controls are applied and residual risk after risk treatment measures

have been implemented. The authority required to accept a risk is determined by the

assessed risk level and PGW's delegated authority framework.

Group-level risks are recorded and monitored through the Group Risk Register, which

includes climate-related risks alongside other strategic business risks. PGW recognises

that climate-related risks are often interconnected with broader strategic and

operational risks and may amplify or compound their impacts over time. Integrating

climate-related risks into the Group Risk Register supports a consistent approach to risk

assessment, prioritisation, monitoring, and decision-making across the business.

The climate-related risks currently identified within the PGW Group Risk Register are

outlined below.

RiskDescription

Climate Change

The risks and opportunities arising from changes to the climate, extreme weather events, or

adjusting to a low carbon economy.

Social Licence to Operate

If our policies, operational practices or reporting do not meet key stakeholder expectations, this

could result in a damage to the PGW brand or the loss of the social licence to operate.

Environmental Health and

Animal Welfare

The ability to respond to changes in legislation, ongoing compliance, and community expectations

on environmental and animal welfare matters.

Risk Assessment

ISO 31000:2018 Risk Management Process

Scope, Context, Criteria

Risk Treatment

Risk Identification

Risk Analysis

Risk Evaluation

MONITORING & REVIEW

RECORDING & REPORTING

COMMUNICATION & CONSULTATION

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 17

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

PGW reports a
23% reduction

of greenhouse

gas emissions

– since FY21

baseline

Metrics and Targets | Ngā Inenga me Ngā Ūnga

How an entity measures and manages its climate-related risks and opportunities.

Metrics and targets also provide a basis upon which primary users can compare entities

within a sector or industry.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions | Tukunga Haurehu Kati Mahana

FY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26

CategoryBusiness Activity

tCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-etCO2-e

Scope 1 – Direct Emissions

Stationary Combustion

Diesel used for heating 36292135310

Natural gas used for heating9979108

Mobile Combustion

Diesel used in fleet vehicles6,9846,4876,6046,4775,9455,592

Diesel used in forklifts*1801561561528073

Regular Petrol used in fleet vehicles34233547129439

Premium petrol used in fleet vehicles7755967

LPG used in forklifts1311371251029595

Fugitive Emissions

HFCs used in AC and refrigeration212212212793723

Scope 2 – Indirect Emissions

Imported Energy

Electricity Consumption (location based)623564372377500379

Electricity Consumption (market based)6235642040ˆ0ˆ0

Total Direct and Indirect Emissions (location-based)8,2177,6237,5377,2846,8346,677

Total Direct and Indirect Emissions (market-based)8,2177,6237,3686,9076,3346,297

Absolute Change from FY21 Baseline (market-based)–-7.2%-10.3%-15.9%-22.9%-23.4%

Emissions Intensity (tCO2-e/$1M NZD Revenue) (market-based)9.698.007.557.546.495.86

PGW prepares its GHG inventory in accordance with the GHG Protocol,

using an operational control approach to define organisational boundaries

and determine emissions sources. Emissions factors and global warming

potentials are sourced from the latest Ministry for the Environment Emissions

Factors Workbook, with detailed information on inventory boundaries,

methodologies, assumptions and calculation approaches available in the

PGW GHG Disclosure Report at

pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability.

The inventory is intended to provide a complete and reliable representation

of PGW's scope 1 and 2 emissions. The only excluded source is firewood used

for heating at certain locations, which is considered immaterial under the de

minimis principle due to data availability limitations.

To support transparency and confidence in the reported data, Oxygen

Consulting NZ Limited provided an unqualified limited assurance opinion

over PGW's GHG emissions inventory for the year ended 30 June 2026. The

full assurance statement is included in the PGW GHG Disclosure Report 2026.

Emissions Reduction Target

PGW recognises the importance of reducing its environmental impact and

has committed to reducing its operational (scope 1 and 2) GHG emissions by

30% by FY30, relative to an FY21 baseline.

The target is an absolute emissions reduction target covering PGW's scope

1 and 2 emissions. Progress is monitored against an interim linear reduction

pathway to FY30, providing a clear measure of performance over time.

In FY26, PGW achieved a 23.4% reduction in GHG emissions compared with

the FY21 baseline. This progress has been driven primarily by the ongoing

transition of PGW's vehicle fleet to petrol-hybrid and electric vehicles. During

the year, PGW increased the number of petrol-hybrid vehicles in service to

106 and introduced an electric vehicle (EV ) option for team members. Early

adoption has been encouraging, supported by the installation of in-home

charging infrastructure.

PGW also continues to purchase Meridian Energy's Certified Renewable

Energy product. Through the purchase of one-to-one matched renewable

energy certificates issued under the New Zealand Energy Certificate System

and administered by BraveTrace, PGW supports renewable electricity

generation in New Zealand while demonstrating a verified link between

its electricity consumption and renewable energy generation. As a result,

PGW is able to report its scope 2 market-based emissions as zero. PGW has

purchased Certified Renewable Energy since April 2023.

When assessing performance against its

emissions reduction target, PGW applies

a market-based approach for electricity

consumption and does not use any other form

of emissions offsetting in the calculation of

target progress.

PGW's emissions reduction target was

developed internally and is not aligned with a

1.5°C science-based pathway. This reflects the

composition of PGW's emissions profile, with

transport fuel representing the majority of

operational emissions. Meaningful reductions

in this area require either a reduction in

kilometres travelled or a substantial shift to

electric vehicle alternatives. As a result, PGW is

largely a technology-taker, dependent on the

availability of fit-for-purpose utility vehicles in New Zealand and the continued

development of reliable fast-charging infrastructure across rural regions.

PGW continues to closely monitor developments in the New Zealand vehicle

market and maintains regular engagement with vehicle manufacturers as new

technologies and vehicle options become available.

Further information on changes within PGW's vehicle fleet is provided in the

Environment section of this report.

Asset Risk and Business Exposure

PGW operates a diverse network of locations across the country. An assessment

of these sites against potential sea level rise exposure identified that 3.4% of

locations are situated at, or below, five metres above sea level.

The five-metre threshold was selected as a practical screening criterion,

representing land that could be increasingly exposed to tidal inundation and

localised flooding should a worst-case climate change scenario eventuate (RCP

8.5 2100 climate scenario). While elevation provides a useful basis for assessment,

vulnerability to sea level rise is influenced by a range of factors beyond height

above sea level. These include local topography, the presence of natural or built

protective barriers, drainage characteristics, and the frequency and severity of

storm events.

PGW's direct exposure to sea level rise is moderated by its property portfolio

structure. The majority of sites are leased, with lease terms that are substantially

shorter than the timeframes over which significant sea level rise impacts are

projected under the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change emissions

scenarios. While this provides flexibility in responding to changing physical risks

over time, it is noted that climate considerations are not the primary reason for

PGW's leasing strategy.

Although PGW's physical site exposure to sea level rise is currently assessed

as relatively low, broader business activities and supply chains may be more

vulnerable. PGW relies on a range of public and private infrastructure, including

transport networks, ports and logistics facilities, that could be affected by rising

sea levels and more frequent or severe storm events. Disruption to these critical

assets has the potential to impact the movement of goods, increase supply chain

costs and affect operational continuity.

PGW does not currently apply an internal carbon price within its business

operations. In addition, management remuneration is not presently linked to

sustainability targets or climate-related risks and opportunities.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

* Restated information.

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26 FY30

Baseline Target

Diesel (Transport) Petrol (Transport) Electricity Other

Greenhouse Gas Emissions (tCO2-e)

Scope 1 & 2 Market-Based Emissions Profile

-7.2%

-10.3%

-15.9%

-22.9%-23.4%

-30%

PAGE 18

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

CLIMATE

Energy | Pūngao
Energy efficiency is a priority for PGW, with the commitment to improve the energy efficiency across

all premises by 20% by FY30 from the FY21 baseline.

CategoryBusiness ActivityFY21FY22FY23FY24FY25FY26

Scope 1 (Direct Emissions)

Stationary Combustion

Diesel used for heating (litres)13,25910,7507,79713,21611,4580

Natural gas used for heating (MJ)166,144159,152132,005175,424175,630141,000

Mobile Combustion

Diesel used in fleet vehicles (litres)2,577,2802,393,6852,436,8332,416,9212,217,6322,093,135

Diesel used in forklifts (litres)*66,43357,45057,38556,62229,80927,342

Regular petrol used in fleet vehicles (litres)14,0119,44614,35319,86154,146185,709

Premium Petrol used in fleet vehicles (litres)2,9622,9461,8752,0103,55027,937

LPG used in forklifts (litres)80,79584,29577,31063,23758,52358,803

Fugitive Emissions

HFCs used in AC and refrigeration (kg)120120120481915

Scope 2 (Indirect Emissions)

Imported Energy

Electricity consumption (kWh)5,191,7814,901,2095,017,3085,165,0674,940,9504,823,024

Renewable energy certificates (MWh)001,2965,1654,9414,823

* Restated information.

Emissions from PGW's building portfolio are primarily driven by electricity consumption. A smaller portion arises from fuel used for heating,

which continues to decline as the business progressively electrifies key assets and systems. As PGW leases the majority of its operating sites,

improvements in energy efficiency are often achieved through collaboration with landlords alongside investment by PGW.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Environment

Taiao

Taranaki sunrise, photographed by Carl Behrent

for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PAGE 19

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

During FY26, a further five stores were upgraded to LED lighting through a combination of energy-
efficiency funding initiatives, capital improvement projects, site relocations and new building

developments. LED lighting forms part of PGW's standard fit-out specification for new premises,

supporting a consistent approach to energy efficiency across the network.

Approximately 80% of PGW sites now utilise LED lighting, contributing to cumulative energy savings of

well over five million kWh since 2017. These upgrades continue to reduce energy consumption, lower

operating costs and support progress towards PGW's emissions reduction objectives.

0 0.5M 1.0M 1.5M 2.0M 2.5M 3.0M 3.5M 4.0M 4.5M 5.0M 5.5M

Cumulative LED Lighting Savings to Date (kWh)

FY26

FY25

FY24

FY23

FY22

FY21

FY20

FY19

FY18

FY17

Cumulative Electricity Savings (kWh)

Trees for the Wright Reasons

Through the Trees for the Wright Reasons programme, PGW is helping drive meaningful environmental

restoration across New Zealand while supporting customers to make a positive impact. Delivered in partnership

with Nufarm, Ballance Agri-Nutrients and PGG Wrightson Seeds, the programme rewarded qualifying agronomy

purchases with packs of mānuka seedlings, enabling customers to contribute directly to native revegetation and

biodiversity outcomes.

Since its inception, the initiative has helped establish thousands of native trees across rural landscapes,

supporting improvements in biodiversity, water quality and ecosystem resilience. By combining the reach of

PGW and its partners, the programme can create lasting environmental benefits.

One project supported through Trees for the Wright Reasons is the restoration of the former Tututawa forestry

block near Stratford. Led by landowner Miranda Wells and the 800 Trust, the project aims to transform the area

into a thriving native bird food forest and biodiversity corridor. What began more than a decade ago as a long-

term restoration effort has grown into a significant conservation project, with approximately 28,000 native trees

planted in the most recent season alone. The focus extends beyond planting trees to rebuilding a functioning

ecosystem where native flora and fauna can flourish.

The results of this long-term restoration effort are already becoming evident. Kiwi are not the only species

benefiting from the regeneration of native habitat. Birdsong now fills the air, while native frogs, skinks and

eels are also thriving. Projects such as Tututawa demonstrate how collaboration between PGW, its industry

partners and customers can help restore biodiversity, strengthen ecosystems and create healthier, more resilient

landscapes for future generations.

Ohakune Store Development and Relocation

Fruitfed Horticulture’s Ohakune store relocated to a purpose-built site on Burns Street, delivering a

modern facility that improves both the customer and team experience. Positioned on the corner

of Burns Street and the Volcanic Highway, the new location includes enhanced health and safety

features, including a fully covered drive-through and dedicated customer parking separated from

freight movements, creating a safer and more convenient environment for customers and team

members alike.

The new facility also reflects PGW's focus on improving the efficiency and sustainability of its

operations. Energy-efficient LED lighting, electric heat pumps, and the previous store's LPG-powered

forklift was replaced with an electric alternative, reducing reliance on fossil fuels in day-to-day

operations. Together, these improvements demonstrate how investment in modern infrastructure

can support better customer outcomes while contributing to a more sustainable business.

Energy | Pūngao (continued)

Fleet Vehicles

PGW's vehicle fleet remains the largest contributor to PGW's

operational GHG emissions profile. With approximately 700

vehicles, including around 650 passenger vehicles, transport

continues to be the most significant opportunity for emissions

reduction.

Reducing transport emissions presents a unique challenge

for PGW. Our people work directly with customers across

New Zealand's rural communities, where regular face-to-

face engagement remains a critical part of building trusted

relationships, providing technical advice and delivering

responsive service. For many customers, particularly those in

remote locations, these interactions are an important aspect of

the value PGW provides. As a result, reducing emissions is not

simply a matter of travelling fewer kilometres. Instead, our focus

is on improving the efficiency of the vehicles we operate while

maintaining the level of service our customers expect.

During FY26, PGW continued the transition of its fleet towards

lower-emissions vehicles, with 106 petrol-hybrid electric vehicles

in operation as at 30 June 2026. As vehicles reach the end of their

lease terms and are replaced, hybrid technology is expected to

make up an increasing proportion of the fleet. This transition is

already evident in PGW's fuel consumption profile, with diesel

use declining and petrol use increasing as hybrid vehicles replace

traditional diesel-powered models.

Over time, the ongoing shift towards hybrid technology is

expected to improve fuel efficiency, reduce fuel consumption

and lower greenhouse gas emissions on a per-kilometre basis,

supporting PGW's long-term emissions reduction objectives.

While electrification represents the most significant long-

term opportunity to reduce fleet emissions, adoption remains

dependent on both vehicle availability and supporting

infrastructure. PGW operates in a market where fit-for-purpose

utility vehicles are essential, and the range of fully electric

models capable of meeting the demands of rural and on-

farm applications remains limited. At the same time, charging

infrastructure across many parts of rural New Zealand is still

developing.

PGW continues to actively monitor developments in the New

Zealand vehicle market and maintain regular engagement with

vehicle manufacturers as new models are introduced. Electric

vehicle options will continue to be evaluated through future fleet

procurement processes to ensure the business is well positioned

to adopt suitable technologies as they become available.

PGW has two electric pool vehicles available for team members

to use at the Christchurch Head Office, supported by dedicated

on-site charging infrastructure. PGW also successfully deployed its

first fully electric fleet vehicles during FY26, marking an important

milestone in PGW's fleet transition programme. These vehicles

were coupled with in-home charging solutions and appropriate

payroll adjustment mechanisms for employees.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 20

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

ENVIRONMENTAL

Water | Wai
Water is fundamental to New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural success.

Reliable access to water supports farm productivity, crop quality, animal

welfare and the long-term resilience of rural communities. At the same time,

changing climatic conditions are increasing the importance of effective water

management across the country.

Updated national climate projections released by the Ministry for Cities,

Environment, Regions and Transport and Earth Sciences New Zealand indicate

that New Zealand is likely to experience significant changes in rainfall patterns

over coming decades. While some regions, particularly the west and south of the

South Island, are projected to receive higher annual rainfall, eastern and northern

regions are expected to face increased drought exposure and more frequent

periods of water scarcity. The latest projections also indicate an increase in the

intensity of extreme rainfall events across many parts of the country, increasing

flood risks and placing additional pressure on water infrastructure and land

management systems.

These trends highlight an increasingly complex water future for New Zealand,

where both excess water and insufficient water present challenges for farmers

and growers. Earth Sciences New Zealand notes that drought remains one of

New Zealand's most significant climate hazards, with impacts extending beyond

farm productivity to water availability, energy generation and rural communities.

Effective water management will play a critical role in supporting the resilience

and sustainability of the primary sector.

PGW supports customers through PGW Water, which provides irrigation,

pumping and water management solutions to farmers and growers across New

Zealand. Our services include system design, planning, installation, maintenance

and repair, helping customers improve water-use efficiency while supporting

productive farming and growing systems.

A key focus of PGW Water is the deployment of technology that enables more

precise water application. This includes Valley variable-rate irrigation systems,

which utilise GPS-guided technology to apply water at variable rates across a

property according to crop, soil and landscape requirements. These systems

help customers optimise water use by applying water where it is needed and in

the quantities required, supporting both operational efficiency and responsible

resource management. All irrigation systems designed by PGW Water are

completed by certified irrigation designers holding recognised New Zealand and

Australian design qualifications.

Due to the nature of PGW's activities, water is not considered a material resource

for the business operational footprint. Most sites are supplied through local

authority water infrastructure and consumption volumes are generally not

metered. As a result, PGW does not currently report total water consumption.

Water use within our operations is primarily associated with office and retail

facilities, including employee amenities across our property portfolio.

Waste | Para

PGW applies the principles of the waste hierarchy in its operations

and promotes more circular outcomes across our value chain. As a

major supplier to New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural sectors,

many of our most significant waste impacts occur beyond our own

operations. We work with suppliers to support packaging solutions

that minimise waste and encourage product stewardship initiatives,

helping customers divert materials from landfill and manage waste

more sustainably wherever practical.

Operational Waste

Operational waste is generated predominantly through PGW's

nationwide network of retail stores and distributions centres. In

FY26, PGW generated 426 tonnes of waste, of which 121 tonnes was

recycled, resulting in a 28% recycling rate. The primary recycled waste

streams include paper and cardboard, plastic wrap and food waste.

While this provides a useful indication of our operational waste

profile, there are limitations to the completeness of the data. Waste

information is sourced from third-party contractors servicing many

of our sites. However, some locations are serviced by local councils

that do not provide site-specific waste reporting. Improving waste

measurement and estimation methodologies remains a focus area as

we work towards building a more comprehensive understanding of

PGW's waste footprint and identifying further opportunities.

Product Stewardship and Farm Plastic Recycling

PGW continues to support the responsible management of farm

plastics through its long-standing partnership with Agrecovery, New

Zealand's rural recycling programme. The scheme provides recycling

solutions for a wide range of agricultural plastics and packaging,

helping farmers and growers divert materials from landfill and

support more circular resource use.

As both a retailer and brand owner, PGW actively supports accredited

product stewardship programmes. PGW, Fruitfed Horticulture,

Valagro, Nexan and Agritrade branded products participate in

Agrecovery, helping ensure eligible containers and bags can be

responsibly managed at end of life. To improve accessibility for

customers, PGW provides 14 collection sites for eligible agrichemical

containers and 51 collection sites for eligible bags across its store

network.

PGW also participated in Agrecovery's rubberware recycling trial in

2026, which provided farmers with a responsible end-of-life solution

for selected rubber farming products such as milking liners, air tubes,

milk tubes and claw tubes. Collected rubber was sent to cement kilns

where it replaced coal as a fuel and stopped micro rubber entering

the environment.

We also support Plasback, promoting recycling options for products

such as bale wrap, silage covers, polypropylene bags, twine and

vineyard netting through our stores and customer communications.

Tonnes

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

FY23 FY24 FY25 FY26

Total Waste to Landfill (t) Total Waste to Recycled (t) % Diverted

PGW Waste Profile

27.6%

28.9%

28.1%28.3%

141

370

135

332

135

121

345305

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 21

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

ENVIRONMENTAL

The strength of PGW lies in its people. Their skills, experience, and passion are what enable us to
create value for our customers and contribute positively to rural New Zealand.

Creating an environment where our people can thrive is a core priority. We aim to cultivate a workplace that is safe, inclusive, and supportive,

where everyone is empowered to contribute, develop, and perform at their best. A strong HSW culture underpins this commitment, while

ongoing investment in learning, leadership, and employee development helps prepare our workforce for the future.

In a rapidly changing world of work, we remain focused on attracting and retaining talented people, building capability across the organisation,

and ensuring PGW continues to be a place where people choose to work, grow, and make a meaningful impact.

Employment Statistics | Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi

All PGW employees are located in New Zealand. PGW does not currently have any employees covered by collective bargaining agreements,

with all our employees engaged under individual employment agreements.

The following tables provide a breakdown of PGW's people as at 30 June 2026:

Total number of employees

by employment contract

(permanent and

temporary), by gender

GenderPermanentTemporaryNon-guaranteed Hours Total

Female6902398811

Male8011748866

Gender Diverse0000

Not Disclosed1001

Total1,492401461,678

Total number of

employees by

employment type

(full-time and part-time),

by gender

GenderFull-time*Part-timeNon-guaranteed Hours Total

Female53218198811

Male7308848866

Gender Diverse0000

Not Disclosed1001

Total1,2632691461,678

* Full-time is classified as 40 hours, part-time is classified as less than 40 hours.

In addition to those above, PGW also engages 160 commission agents, and 3 specialist consultants contracted for services, bringing the total

staff headcount to 1,841.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

Sunset in the Mackenzie Basin, photographed by Indigo

Stirling for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PAGE 22

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

Social

Pāpori

New employee hires
by age and gender

AgeNumber

Under 30161

30-50 years old148

Over 50 years old95

Gender

Female228

Male176

Gender Diverse0

Not Disclosed0

Total404

Employee turnover

by age and gender

AgeNumber

Under 30122

30-50 years old125

Over 50 years old143

Gender

Female221

Male168

Gender Diverse1

Not Disclosed0

Total390

All (100%) of PGW’s permanent employees engaged prior to April

of the financial year have the opportunity to participate in an

annual performance review (which includes career development

discussions). This performance review is part of PGW’s

remuneration review process, where the awarded performance

ratings are one of the factors in individual remuneration review

outcomes. PGW offers outplacement support to some employees

as appropriate, such as those who are exiting PGW for reasons of

redundancy or retirement.

New Hires Turnover

PGW offers employment on a part time basis where we can meet the operational requirements of the

business whilst providing our employees with flexibility, where possible. PGW offers employment on

a temporary basis for the delivery of clearly defined, fixed pieces of work (which could include peak

periods) or to provide cover for roles during periods of short term absences (e.g. parental leave). PGW

offers non-guaranteed hours employment to casuals in order to provide cover for short term unexpected

absences and in areas of the business with fluctuating and unpredictable workloads. PGW’s threshold for

determining significant fluctuations in employee numbers is +/- 5% and we did not have a significant

fluctuation in employee numbers during the reporting period.

Female Employees by Contract TypeMale Employees by Category Type

Female Employees by Employment

Category

Male Employees by Employment Category

Female Employees by Contract Type

Permanent,

690, 85.1%

Temporary,

23, 2.8%

Non-Guaranteed

Hours,

98, 12.1%

Female Employees by Contract TypeMale Employees by Category Type

Female Employees by Employment

Category

Male Employees by Employment Category

Male Employees by Category Type

Temporary,

17, 2.0%

Non-Guaranteed

Hours,

48, 5.5%

Permanent,

801, 92.5%

Female Employees by Contract TypeMale Employees by Category Type

Female Employees by Employment

Category

Male Employees by Employment Category

Male Employees by Employment Category

Part-time,

88, 10.2%

Non-Guaranteed

Hours ,

48, 5.5%

Full-time,

730, 84.3%

300

200

100

0

228

176

221

168

00


Female Male Gender Diverse Not Disclosed

New Hires Turnover

New Hires and Turnover by Gender

01

Number of Employees

200

150

100

50

0

161

148

122

125

95

143

Under 30 30-50 years old Over 50 years old

New Hires and Turnover by Age

Number of Employees

Employment Statistics | Ngā Tauanga Whiwhi Mahi (continued)

The following tables provide a breakdown of the new employee

hires and turnover for the 12 months to 30 June 2026:

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 23

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

Female Employees by Contract TypeMale Employees by Category Type

Female Employees by Employment

Category

Male Employees by Employment Category

Part-time,

181, 22.3%

Non-Guaranteed

Hours,

98, 12.1%

Full-time,

532, 65.6%

Female Employees by Employment Category

Education and Training
|

Te Mātauranga me te Whakangungu

These include the following:

TO LEAD – a two-day programme for new and existing leaders covering our

leadership behaviours. This also includes a DISC report which is debriefed with

each participant, a detailed 360-degree report which is debriefed in a 90-minute

coaching session, where an action plan focusing on development areas and an

alumni programme are created.

To complement the above, a one-day Coaching Skills programme for leaders

has been developed and piloted, with a further rollout across our business from

late 2026 onwards.

Core Skills programmes – including Presentation Skills, Running Effective

Meetings, Managing Poor Performance (Leaders), Mental Health Matters,

Recruitment and Selection (Leaders), and Performance Reviews (Leaders).

Health, Safety and Wellbeing Fundamentals – a 2-day course for all team

members covering the key HSW related focuses at PGW. This includes Why

manage Health and Safety – our responsibilities, Risk Management, Event

Investigation, Safety Culture and Wellbeing.

PGW Induction course – a one-day course for all new starters which covers off

the company values, behaviours, business units, primary industry and aims to

provide an overview of the organisation as well as an opportunity to connect

with other new starters.

Over 4,000 online courses offered via our Learning Management System -

selected by the learners directly or assigned to them by their managers as part

of an identified development plan.

Mandatory courses – related to compliance requirements i.e., Cyber Security,

PGW policies, HSW related topics etc.

Extended DISC – both individual and team sessions delivered either via

individual coaching to debrief report and identify certain things, or as a team

session focusing on the DISC profile within the team.

In addition, the following more tailored offerings are available:

Academy Programme – during this year long programme, participants work towards obtaining

a National Certificate in Rural Servicing (Level 4), a recognised NZQA accredited qualification

offered through Primary ITO. Participants are required to complete assessments and spend time

in the field in their local area in different parts of the business as part of the accreditation process.

Tech Ed – curated resources for employees relating to information technology applications

and tools.

Tech College – a learning platform developed by the Rural Supplies Technical and Fruitfed

Horticulture Technical Extension teams. Technical College was developed for the primary reason

of lifting the farming and growing knowledge of the whole business, especially for those team

members with limited primary production experience. It offers an unsurpassed range of courses -

aimed at helping grow our peoples' skills within both agriculture and horticulture.

Retail and Sales Training – including the following offerings:

• CSR Financial and Sales Fundamentals (training course)

• David Foreman Sales Performer (training course)

• Store Manager Store Financials, Sales Planning & Merchandising (training course)

• Store Manager Advanced Selling Conversations (training course)

• Understanding Cashflow: Business and Personal Finance (an online information module)

Certificate in Distribution – suitable for those working in our distribution centres – is an NZQA

level qualification for those wanting to develop a career towards a Team Leader, Supervisor or

Managerial role in a distribution environment.

Certificate in Contact Centres – for Customer Services teams and Contact Centres.

Retail Induction – a series of online courses developed within PGW and which is assigned to all

new Retail team members as part of their induction. Modules include such things as Seasonality,

An Introduction to Agritrade, Technical Team, Supply Chain.

Retail D365 training – an online series of modules which team members can complete to

familiarise themselves with our retail point of sale system, including required functions and

workflows required by those team members who use this system daily.

Outplacement support – including CV writing and interview coaching is offered for any

employees impacted by redundancy.

PGW is committed to developing the capability of our people through a combination

of formal training, professional development, on-the-job learning and industry-based

education pathways. Investing in our employees helps build a skilled, safe and high-

performing workforce that is equipped to meet the evolving needs of our customers and

the sectors we serve.

During FY26, employees completed more than 16,000 hours of training through PGW's

centrally managed learning systems, equating to approximately 10 hours of training per

person. This represents a significant increase on the previous year and reflects the return to

our regular learning and development programme following the completion of business

improvement and system-related training initiatives. Increased participation in our Health

and Safety Fundamentals programme also contributed to the uplift in training hours.

Cybersecurity awareness remained a key area of focus during the year. Employees

completed more than 2,000 hours of cybersecurity training, representing a substantial

increase on FY25. This reflects PGW's ongoing investment in building cyber resilience

through regular awareness activities, reinforcement programmes and behavioural learning

initiatives designed to strengthen secure workplace practices.

The training hours reported capture structured learning recorded through our central

learning systems. They do not include a range of additional development activities

undertaken across the business, such as on-the-job coaching and mentoring, external

training programmes, industry conferences, NZQA qualifications and learning delivered

through initiatives such as the PGW Academy. These activities make an important

contribution to employee development and workforce capability and are expected to

significantly increase the total learning undertaken across the organisation.

PGW will continue to enhance its learning and development systems and reporting

capabilities to better understand and support the development of our people.

’Grow You. Grow the Country’

At PGW, we recognise that our people are our strength. We are committed to investing in our people so we can support and develop our team members by providing

them with the tools, resources and skills to succeed in their roles.

PGW is committed to developing our workforce through targeted investment in competency-based and technical skills training. PGW offers a variety of programmes to

our people to upgrade employee skills in line with our Learning and Development Policy.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 24

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

Remuneration and Benefits | Te Utu me ngā Painga
PGW maintains a mature and transparent remuneration framework that is designed

to attract, retain and motivate talented people while supporting the delivery of our

strategy and long-term business objectives. The framework applies consistently

across the organisation, including senior executives, and is approved by the Board.

To support fair and equitable remuneration outcomes, all roles are evaluated using a

structured grading methodology and benchmarked against relevant private-sector

market data through an independent remuneration partner. This approach helps

ensure remuneration remains competitive and aligned with the skills, responsibilities

and experience required for each role.

PGW is committed to providing fair pay and continues to pay all employees at least

the equivalent of the Living Wage. During FY26, the equivalent of the Living Wage

rate was $28.95 per hour (FY25: $27.80 per hour), increasing to $29.90 per hour

for FY27. We also provide a range of performance-based incentive programmes

that recognise both individual and organisational performance. For senior leaders,

incentive arrangements incorporate measures relating to safety, strategic delivery

and business performance, reinforcing accountability for long-term value creation.

As an indicator of our remuneration structure, the ratio of total annual remuneration

for the organisation's highest-paid individual to the median total remuneration

of all other employees was 19.8 during FY26 (FY25: 16.28). The ratio of the annual

remuneration increase for the highest-paid individual compared with the median

remuneration increase for all other employees was 5.7 (FY25: -2.3).

In addition to remuneration, PGW provides a range of employee benefits that

support the wellbeing and financial security of our people. Permanent employees

and commission agents under the age of 70 are eligible for group life insurance

cover. Part-time employees receive the same employment benefits as full-time

employees, with the exception of temporary fixed-term employees engaged for less

than one year, who are not eligible for the group life insurance scheme.

PGW’s Redundancy Policy provides severance pay (which takes into account

employees’ service) and provides outplacement support (such as CV writing and

interview coaching) for any employees impacted by redundancy.

Gender Pay | Utu ā-ira

PGW is committed to providing equitable remuneration and rewarding

employees fairly based on their role, skills, experience and performance. Our

remuneration framework is designed to promote consistency and fairness across

the organisation, and our analysis indicates there is no significant gender-based

variation in remuneration for employees performing comparable roles.

As part of our commitment to transparency and continuous improvement, PGW

is a signatory to the Mind the Gap initiative and publicly reports its gender pay

gap. For FY26, PGW's gender pay gap was 28%, calculated using the difference in

median hourly earnings between women and men across the organisation. This

methodology aligns with the approach recommended by Statistics New Zealand.

The gender pay gap is distinct from pay equity. While our remuneration practices

support equitable pay for comparable work, the overall gender pay gap reflects

the composition of our workforce and the representation of women and men

across different occupations, levels of seniority and business functions.

To provide additional transparency and insight into the drivers of our gender

pay gap, we have presented our workforce profile across both operational and

business support roles. Understanding workforce composition helps inform

initiatives that support greater diversity, inclusion and career development

opportunities throughout the organisation.

Operations

Role mid-point

Female

Employees

Male

Employees

Gender

Pay Gap*

$60K-$80K4662410%

$80K-100K1221064%

$100K-150K793295%

$150K+8321%

Total67570825%

* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males within each role mid-point band.

Business Support

Role mid-point

Female

Employees

Male

Employees

Gender

Pay Gap*

$60K-$80K4711-1%

$80K-100K3616-4%

$100K-150K3535-5%

$150K+613-3%

Total1247526%

* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males within each role mid-point band.

PGW Academy | Te whare wānanga o PGW

Developing the next generation of leaders remains an important investment for PGW.

Established in 2006, the Academy is designed to expand participants' knowledge, grow

their expertise, and provide exposure to the wider business and primary industries sector.

Open to employees across all business units, the programme supports succession planning

while helping participants work towards a nationally recognised NZQA-accredited National

Certificate in Rural Servicing (Level 4). Over the past two decades, many Academy graduates

have progressed into leadership and specialist roles across the business, creating a lasting

network of talent throughout PGW.

The Academy continued to attract strong interest during the year, with a high calibre of

applicants from across the country. Following a competitive selection process, 13 employees

selected and seven trainees were chosen to join the 2026 cohort, representing a diverse

range of business functions including retail, Agritrade, wool, finance and field services.

Throughout the programme, participants combine formal learning with practical field

experience, gaining exposure to dairy, livestock and horticultural production systems,

customer engagement, compliance requirements, and problem-solving within real farm and

growing environments.

A highlight of the year was the Academy's horticulture workshop held in Pukekohe, which

brought participants together for two days of hands-on learning. The programme included

sessions on biosecurity and soil science, visits to key industry operators, and the opportunity

to see emerging technologies in action, including robotic spraying systems and modern

horticultural production techniques. These experiences provide participants with valuable

insights into the challenges and opportunities facing New Zealand's primary industries, while

strengthening their ability to support customers and contribute to PGW's vision of being

Leaders in the Field.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 25

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

This data shows female employees are over-represented in
our lower pay bands and under-represented in higher pay

bands, which contributes to PGW’s overall gender pay gap of

28%, as shown by the table below.

Category

Female

Employees

Male

Employees

Gender

Pay Gap*

Executive2524%

Leadership1078-13%

Operations67570825%

Business Support1247526%

All PGW81186628%

* Difference in median hourly rate of females compared to males.

PGW has established a working group to develop key strategies to

primarily address the under representation of females in higher pay

bands – most specifically in leadership roles.

100

80

60

40

20

0

$60K-$80K $80K-$100K $100K-$150K $150K+

Female Employees Male Employees

Employee Headcount

Business Support

47

36

11

16

3535

6

13

100

80

60

40

20

0

Board of Directors Executive Leadership

Female Male

Headcount

Board, Executive and Leadership Composition

2

1

5

3

10

78

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

$60K-$80K $80K-$100K $100K-$150K $150K+

Female Employees Male Employees

Operations

Employee Headcount

466

122

241

106

79

329

8

32

Parental Leave | Te Whakamatuatanga ā-Matua

PGW recognises the importance of balancing work and family commitments and supports employees through significant life events, including

becoming a parent. We provide a range of parental leave benefits and support programmes that help employees take time away from work to

care for their growing families while maintaining a connection to the business.

We understand that returning to work following parental leave can be a significant transition. Employees often face new responsibilities,

changing priorities and the challenge of balancing family and professional commitments. To support a successful return to work, PGW offers a

paid Keeping in Touch programme, enabling employees to stay connected with their teams, workplace developments and career opportunities

during their leave. Employees on parental leave also continue to participate in remuneration review processes, helping to support career

continuity and equitable outcomes.

For reporting purposes, PGW categorises parental leave as either primary carer leave or partner leave. Eligible employees who have worked an

average of at least 10 hours per week during the six months prior to commencing leave can access these entitlements. PGW also provides a

number of benefits that go beyond legislative requirements, including ensuring that annual leave accrued during parental leave is calculated

and paid at the employee's ordinary rate of pay.

By supporting employees through this important stage of life, we aim to foster an inclusive workplace where people can develop their careers

while prioritising the needs of their family.

Parental LeaveFemaleMale

Gender

Diverse

Not

DisclosedTotal

Total number of employees that were entitled to parental

leave

779855111636

Total number of employees that took primary carer leave*5300053

Total number of employees that took partners leave0100010

Total number of employees that returned to work in the

reporting period after parental leave ended**

1400014

Total number of employees that returned to work after

parental leave ended that were still employed 12 months

after their return to work **

1400014

 FemaleMale

Gender

Diverse

Not

Disclosed

Return to work rate*45%–––

Retention rate

**

74%–––

* Includes employees whose parental leave ended between 1 July 2025 - 30 June 2026

** Includes employees who reach 12 months following their return to work from parental leave between 1 July 2025 - 30 June 2026

Gender Pay | Utu ā-ira (continued)

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 26

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

Health, Safety and Wellbeing | Te Hauora, te haumarutanga, me te toiora
Work-related Health

and Safety Reporting

FY24

FY25FY26

Employees

Other

workersEmployees

Other

workersEmployees

Other

workers

Recordable at work injury713732723

– High consequence at work injury

*001000

– Fatalities001000

Recordable at work ill health414020

Total recordable injury frequency rate

** 27.5– 28.8– 27.8–

* High consequence at work injury: : work-related injury that results in a fatality or in an injury from which the worker cannot, does not, or is not expected to recover fully to pre-injury

health status within six months.

** Total recordable injury frequency rate (TRIFR): Calculated based on contracted hours worked by permanent and temporary employees, using a base of one million hours. This

metric is not available for ‘Other Workers’ as total hours are not recorded.

PGW continued to invest in the capability of leaders and workers

through ongoing HSW training, coaching and development

programmes. These initiatives support the organisation's objective

of building a positive safety.

The business also remains committed to supporting workers

following injury or illness through early intervention, rehabilitation

support and return-to-work programmes. This is complemented by

a wide range of wellbeing initiatives, including health promotion

activities, annual flu vaccinations, mental wellbeing programmes

and ongoing support from the PGW Wellbeing Champions network.

PGW continues to actively participate in industry forums and

partnerships, sharing learnings and contributing to broader

improvements in HSW across New Zealand's rural sector.

For the year ended 30 June 2026, there were 72 recordable injuries

of PGW employees (FY25: 73) and three recordable injuries in other

workers who are not employees (FY25: two) but whose work and/or

workplace is controlled by PGW. The most common types of injuries

were sprains and strains. There were two recordable cases of at-work ill

health of PGW employees. The most common type of at work ill health

was due to systemic conditions.

PGW’s TRIFR rate for FY26 was 27.8 (FY25 28.8), representing a decrease

of 3.5% from the comparative period. This is calculated based on

contracted hours worked by permanent employees, temporary

employees and casuals, using a base of one million hours.

PGW continues to align its approach to HSW with the Health and

Safety at Work Act 2015 and the requirements of the Accident

Compensation Corporation Accredited Employers Programme

(AEP). During the year, PGW successfully completed its first AEP

audit under the revised programme requirements, demonstrating

the continued maturity and effectiveness of our health and safety

management systems.

External assurance remains an important component of

PGW's approach to continuous improvement. During the

year, PGW completed both its AEP audit and an independent

Safe+ assessment to evaluate the effectiveness and maturity

of its HSW systems, governance and practices. These reviews

recognised a number of strengths across the organisation while

also identifying opportunities for further enhancement. The

findings have informed the ongoing development of our Annual

HSW Improvement Plan and broader improvement roadmap,

providing leadership with a clear and prioritised framework for

advancing safety culture, organisational learning, critical risk

management and overall HSW performance across the business.

HSW governance continues to be overseen by the Group HSW

Committee, supported by business unit HSW Committees.

Throughout the year, these committees continued to evolve and

mature, improving their effectiveness as forums for consultation,

participation and the sharing of safety insights. Committee

representation from across the business continues to ensure

frontline perspectives remain connected with executive and

Board-level decision-making.

To strengthen workforce engagement and learning, PGW

introduced Safety Connections, a series of conversations

designed to build on visible safety leadership by better

understanding how work is performed, identify barriers to

success and promote learning across teams. This approach

supports PGW's commitment to Human and Organisational

Performance principles and reinforces our focus on learning,

improvement and shared accountability rather than blame.

The organisation also approved and launched its updated

Health and Wellbeing Strategy, providing a clear framework for

improving physical, psychological and social wellbeing across

PGW. The strategy builds upon existing wellbeing initiatives and

establishes a more coordinated approach to health promotion,

injury prevention, health monitoring and early intervention.

A key achievement during the year was the continued

advancement of PGW's Critical Risk Programme. Following

development of the Critical Risk Framework and associated

standards, work focused on identifying critical risks, validating

controls and strengthening assurance processes across the

business. Critical risks are subject to increased governance

oversight, with regular reporting and review supporting

greater visibility of control effectiveness and risk management

performance.

The implementation and ongoing refinement of the Asset

Management System supported by a new Fleet Management

role has continued to strengthen oversight of critical operational

assets. Improved visibility of asset condition, maintenance

requirements and ownership has supported more informed

decision-making and better management of safety-related

risks. The system is enabling a more proactive approach to asset

management across multiple business units.

During the year, PGW completed a comprehensive review of

saleyard infrastructure across the country. The review provided

a consistent assessment of infrastructure quality, operational

suitability and safety risks, enabling investment decisions to

be prioritised based on risk and operational need. This work

continues to support long-term improvements in the safety and

functionality of saleyard environments for employees, contractors,

agents and customers.

Health risk management also remained a key priority. PGW

undertook a refresh of its Health Monitoring Programme,

ensuring monitoring requirements better reflect current exposure

risks and legislative expectations. The refreshed programme

strengthens both worker health protection and organisational

assurance by improving consistency, participation and reporting

across the business.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 27

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

Harvesting the chook's food, photographed by Jan MacKenzie
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 28

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

Sponsorships | Ngā Tautoko ā-Pūtea
At PGW, our commitment to the rural sector extends

well beyond the products and services we provide.

Through our sponsorships, partnerships, and the

volunteer efforts of our people, we invest in the

communities, industries, and initiatives that help rural

New Zealand thrive.

Across the country, our team contributes time,

expertise, and resources to causes that strengthen

community resilience, support those facing challenges,

and help create safer and more sustainable farming

and growing environments. From environmental

restoration projects and emergency response services

to local events and grassroots organisations, these

contributions reflect our enduring connection to the

regions we serve.

Our sponsorship programme is guided by a clear

framework that ensures our support is targeted,

consistent, and aligned with our values. We focus on

initiatives that deliver meaningful and lasting impact,

recognising excellence across the agricultural and

horticultural sectors, encouraging the development

of future industry leaders, and helping build stronger,

more connected rural communities. We are also proud

to champion programmes that promote wellbeing

and safety, helping rural people live and work with

confidence.

Equally important is ensuring the organisations and

activities we support reflect the values and standards

expected of PGW. Our sponsorship approach actively

considers environmental, animal welfare, community,

and reputational factors, enabling us to focus our

support where it can create positive outcomes for rural

New Zealand while maintaining the integrity of the

PGW brand.

By partnering with a wide range of local and national

organisations, we celebrate the achievements of the

industries we serve while supporting the long-term

success of farming and growing communities. Through

these relationships, we continue to build trusted

connections and contribute to the prosperity and

resilience of rural New Zealand.

Ahuwhenua Trophy

PGW is a long-standing Silver

Sponsor of the Ahuwhenua

Trophy, widely regarded as the

most prestigious award in Māori

farming and growing. The awards

celebrate excellence across New

Zealand's primary industries,

recognising not only commercial

success, but also innovation,

kaitiakitanga (stewardship of

the whenua), leadership, and

intergenerational planning. The

competition rotates annually

between the dairy, sheep and

beef, and horticulture sectors, with

Fruitfed Horticulture sponsoring

the 2026 horticulture awards.

The 2026 Ahuwhenua Trophy for

Excellence in Māori Horticulture

was awarded to Mātai Pacific Iwi

Collective (MPIC), a collective

owned by Te Arawa, Ngāti Awa,

and Rotomā No.1 Incorporation.

MPIC is committed to a

philosophy of "Oranga Whenua,

Oranga Tangata" (Healthy Land,

Healthy People). Since acquiring

its orchards in 2018, the collective

has increased production from just

under one million trays of kiwifruit

to approximately 1.5 million trays,

demonstrating the strength of its

long-term vision and commitment

to sustainable growth.

During the year, members of

PGW's Iwi Relationship Team

attended a field day hosted by

Ballance Agri-Nutrients and MPIC

in Te Puke. The visit provided

an opportunity to hear directly

from iwi leaders and growers

about the collective's aspirations

and achievements. Alongside its

strong commercial performance,

MPIC has demonstrated a deep

commitment to environmental

stewardship, including the

development of a six-hectare

biodiversity and wetland area

designed to improve water quality

and restore natural ecosystems.

These initiatives, combined with

the collective's commercial

success, contributed to MPIC also

being named the 2026 Bay of

Plenty Ballance Farm Environment

Awards Supreme Winner.

The other finalists, Otama

Marere Trust and Ngāti Hine

Forestry Trust, also exemplified

excellence in Māori horticulture.

PGW and Fruitfed Horticulture

representatives attended

field days hosted by both

organisations, providing valuable

opportunities to learn more about

their businesses, history, and

future aspirations.

Beyond recognising excellence,

our sponsorship of the

Ahuwhenua Trophy provides

meaningful opportunities to build

and strengthen relationships

across the Māori agribusiness

sector. Following the awards,

PGW's Iwi Team supported a

relationship engagement with

Otama Marere Trust, recognising

its achievement as a finalist and

discussing how PGW can support

its future aspirations. A highlight

of the visit was the delivery of a

pepeha by a PGW team member,

which was warmly received and

reflected our commitment to

building culturally respectful

and enduring partnerships.

These engagements strengthen

relationships not only with

trustees, but also with orchard

managers, cadets, and orchard

workers, helping us better

understand and support iwi

aspirations.

All three finalists in the 2026

competition were PGW

customers, making the awards

a particularly rewarding

opportunity to celebrate their

successes alongside whānau,

industry leaders, government

representatives, and the wider

Māori agribusiness community.

Through our ongoing support of

the Ahuwhenua Trophy, we are

proud to celebrate excellence,

strengthen trusted relationships,

and contribute to the long-term

prosperity and sustainability of

Māori agribusiness throughout

New Zealand.

IHC Calf & Rural Scheme

PGW has proudly supported the IHC Calf & Rural Scheme since its inception 44 years ago. Over that time,

the partnership has helped raise over $45 million, making a meaningful difference to the lives of people

with intellectual disabilities and their families in rural communities throughout New Zealand.

The scheme provides an opportunity for farmers and growers to support this important cause by donating

livestock, with sale proceeds contributed directly to IHC. Those unable to donate an animal can also

participate through virtual calf donations, ensuring everyone has the opportunity to contribute.

Our partnership with IHC extends beyond fundraising. Each

year, PGW teams across the country demonstrate their

support through Pink Week, to raise awareness of the IHC

Calf & Rural Scheme while bringing our people together

behind a shared cause. During this year's Pink Week, held

from 13-17 April 2026, teams transformed workplaces with

pink-themed decorations, hosted morning teas, shared

stories, and took part in fundraising activities, creating a

visible and enthusiastic show of support across the business.

Together with the generosity of farmers, growers, customers, and our people, the scheme raised an

outstanding $1.4 million this year through calf and virtual donations - the second highest result on record.

These funds play a vital role in helping people with intellectual disabilities in rural communities access

services, build connections, and receive the support they need to lead fulfilling lives.

The continued success of the IHC Calf & Rural Scheme is a testament to the strength and generosity of rural

New Zealand, and we are proud to play our part in supporting an initiative that delivers such a lasting and

positive impact.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 29

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

Ahuwhenua Trophy, Excellence in Māori Horticulture Award 2026. Photo by alphapix.nz

Rural Women New Zealand
In 2026, PGW was proud to establish a new partnership

with Rural Women New Zealand, an organisation

dedicated to supporting and connecting rural women

while advocating for stronger, more resilient rural

communities across the country. Through its work, Rural

Women helps create opportunities for leadership, personal

development, community connection, and wellbeing,

making a meaningful contribution to the vitality of rural

New Zealand.

To support this initiative, PGW partnered with several of

our key fencing and water suppliers, including Cyclone,

Hynds, PermaPine, Waters & Farr, and RX Plastics, in a

collaborative fundraising campaign during February and

March 2026. For every $100 spent on eligible fencing and

water products, PGW contributed $1 to Rural Women New

Zealand, creating an opportunity for customers, suppliers,

and PGW to support rural communities together.

The campaign raised an impressive $40,000 and the

success of the initiative demonstrated the power

of collaboration across our industry and a shared

commitment to supporting the people who contribute so

much to the strength and success of rural New Zealand.

As a new sponsorship partnership, we are excited to

support the important work Rural Women undertakes

to foster connection, advocacy, and opportunity across

rural communities, and we look forward to building a

relationship that delivers lasting benefits for rural people

and places.

Supporting and Celebrating Rural Women

PGW is proud to partner with Shepherdess, a rural media

platform dedicated to connecting, empowering and

inspiring women across rural New Zealand. Through our

annual magazine sponsorship, we support the sharing of

authentic stories that celebrate the resilience, innovation

and contribution of rural women, communities and

businesses. In 2025, our sponsorship saw PGW recognised as

a magazine partner across all four editions of Shepherdess,

helping extend the reach of content that strengthens

connections within rural New Zealand and highlights the

people at the heart of our sector.

We also support the Shepherdess Muster as a Bronze Sponsor, helping create

opportunities for rural women to connect, learn and recharge. Held in Tokanui,

Southland, in March 2026, the three-day event brought together 200 women

from across New Zealand for workshops, guest speakers, wellbeing activities

and discussions on topics important to rural communities. By partnering with

Shepherdess through both its publication and events programme, PGW contributes

to building stronger, more inclusive rural communities while supporting leadership,

wellbeing and connection for women across the food and fibre sector.

Cash for Communities

Land Search and Rescue

PGW is proud to support Land

Search and Rescue New Zealand, a

volunteer organisation dedicated to

helping find and assist people who

are lost, missing, injured, or in distress.

With many of our customers and

employees spending time in the great

outdoors, supporting Land Search

and Rescue is one way we help

strengthen the safety and resilience

of the communities we serve. We are

also proud to be recognised as a Land

Search and Rescue Valued Employer,

supporting employees who volunteer

their time and skills to assist with

search and rescue operations.

Land Search and Rescue’s network of

more than 3,000 trained volunteers

spans 68 local groups nationwide.

These volunteers contribute

thousands of hours each year to

training, skill development, and

emergency response, ensuring they

are ready to assist when needed.

Alongside local search and rescue

teams, specialist disciplines including

LandSAR Dogs, CaveSAR, CanyonSAR,

Alpine Cliff Rescue, and RiverSAR

provide expert capabilities in some

of the country's most challenging

environments.

The partnership is particularly

meaningful for PGW, with several

of our own employees serving as

Land Search and Rescue volunteers.

Their dedication reflects the

strong community spirit that exists

throughout rural New Zealand,

with volunteers giving their time,

expertise, and commitment to help

others in times of need. Through our

support of Land Search and Rescue,

we are proud to contribute to an

organisation whose volunteers play a

vital role in keeping New Zealanders

safe and providing reassurance to

families and communities when it

matters most.

For 15 years, Cash for Communities has connected on-farm purchasing

with community impact. Originally established by PGW and Ballance

Agri-Nutrients in 2011, the programme was expanded in 2023 to

include selected agrichemical products and additional supplier

partners including Adama, Agritrade, Arxada, BASF, Bayer, Corteva,

FMC, Nufarm, Syngenta and UPL. This expansion increased the

support available to local charities, schools, emergency services, and

community organisations throughout the country.

What makes Cash for Communities unique is that participants can

nominate the organisation they wish to support, ensuring funding

reaches the causes that matter most to their local communities. From

schools and sports clubs to rescue services and volunteer organisations,

the programme helps strengthen the social fabric of rural New Zealand

while creating a tangible connection between everyday farming and

community wellbeing.

This year marked a significant milestone for the programme, with

more than $1 million donated to rural communities since its inception

15 years ago. This achievement reflects the collective support of

participating customers, suppliers, and PGW teams, all working

together to make a positive difference in the regions where they live

and work.

During the 2025 spring campaign, donations supported a

wide range of community organisations and essential services

nationwide, including:

$38,000 donated to schools.

$36,000 donated to 12 rescue helicopter services, including

$11,700 to Canterbury West Coast Rescue Helicopter and

$9,000 to Otago Southland Rescue Helicopter.

$23,000 donated to St John stations throughout the country.

Reaching the $1 million milestone is a testament to the enduring

commitment to the rural sector and its communities. Through Cash

for Communities, farmers, growers, contractors, suppliers, and PGW

continue to make a meaningful contribution to the organisations

and services that help rural New Zealand thrive.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 30

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

PGG Wrightson Vetmed National Shearing Circuit
PGW and Vetmed are proud sponsors of the PGG Wrightson

Vetmed National Shearing Circuit, one of New Zealand's most

prestigious shearing competitions. The circuit celebrates the

exceptional skill, stamina, and professionalism of the country's

leading shearers, testing their versatility and consistency across a

series of events throughout the season before culminating in the

final at the iconic Golden Shears.

The 2025/26 circuit concluded in Masterton, where Jack Fagan

of Te Kuiti claimed the PGG Wrightson Vetmed National Shearing

Circuit title. In a closely contested final, Fagan faced strong

competition from three-time circuit winner Nathan Stratford.

While Stratford recorded higher quality points, Fagan's faster

shearing time proved decisive, securing victory by 1.378 points

and earning selection in the New Zealand team for the 2026/27

Trans-Tasman Shearing and Woolhandling Series.

The win carried special significance for Fagan and his family. His

father, Sir David Fagan, is one of the county's most recognised

shearing figures and won the National Shearing Circuit title nine

times between 1986 and 2008. Jack's victory continues a proud

family legacy within the sport and highlights the strength of

emerging talent within New Zealand shearing.

Safer Farms

Our commitment to farm safety

extends beyond sponsorship.

Both PGW CEO Stephen Guerin

and PGW Director Dr Charlotte

Severne serve as Directors of Safer

Farms, reflecting the important

role leadership plays in driving

positive change across the sector.

By supporting initiatives that

promote practical, farmer-led

solutions, we aim to help create

safer working environments

for both our people and our

customers.

Since becoming a supporter

in 2022, PGW has contributed

to a number of Safer Farms

initiatives, including the Safer

Rides programme. Developed

in response to the significant

number of quad bike-related

fatalities and injuries occurring on

farms, the programme provides

farmers with incentives to

install crush protection devices

and other safety technologies

designed to reduce the risk and

severity of rollover incidents. PGW

is proud to support a culture

where safety is an integral part of

every farm business.

Fire and Emergency New Zealand (FENZ)

PGW is proud to support the many

employees who volunteer with Fire and

Emergency New Zealand (FENZ), serving at

fire brigades in rural communities across the

country. These dedicated individuals play a

vital role in protecting people, property, and

the environment, responding to emergencies

at all hours and providing critical support

when their communities need it most. PGW

team members volunteer with approximately

20 brigades nationwide, demonstrating

the strong community spirit that exists

throughout our business.

As a member of the FENZ Proud Employer

Programme, PGW is committed to

supporting employees who volunteer their

time and expertise for emergency response

activities. The programme recognises the

important partnership between volunteers,

employers, and FENZ, and the contribution

businesses make by enabling volunteers to

respond to callouts during work hours. We

are incredibly proud of our employees who

serve their communities in this way and

grateful for the dedication, courage, and

commitment they show both on and off

the job.

Young Grower of the Year

Fruitfed Horticulture is proud

to be national sponsor of the

Young Grower of the Year

competition, celebrating

excellence within the fruit

and vegetable industry.

The competition gives fruit

and vegetable growers

under the age of 30 an

opportunity to develop their

skills and foster networks

with other future leaders of

the industry.

Young Horticulturalist of the Year

Fruitfed Horticulture is

pleased to support the Young

Horticulturist of the Year

competition. Supporting since

it's inception in 2005, specifically

sponsoring the competition's

Leadership Award.

The competition recognises and

celebrates excellence in people

under the age of 30 employed in

the horticulture industry.

Young Viticulturalist of the Year

Fruitfed Horticulture is

delighted to be a national

sponsor the Young Viticulturist

of the Year competition,

having done so since its

inception in 2005.

Aimed at young viticulturists

under 30 years old, the

competition is an opportunity

for contestants to upskill,

develop confidence, meet

current and future viticulture

leaders and grow their own

profile within the industry.

New shoots pasja, photographed by

Katherine Robertson for the 2026 PGW

Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 31

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

SOCIAL

PGW Group StrategyPGW Sustainability StrategyPGW Climate Transition Plan
Act

Refine actions

and strengthen

outcomes

Plan

Set strategies,

priorities and

targets

Check


Track

performance

against targets

Do


Deliver

programmes

and initiatives

At PGW, strong governance and ethical business practices are fundamental to how we operate.

Our Corporate Governance Code establishes the legal, regulatory and compliance frameworks that

support effective decision-making and robust risk management across the business.

PGW's sustainability governance framework is guided by the Plan-Do-Check-Act (PDCA)

model, a recognised continuous improvement framework widely used in management

systems and sustainability programmes. The PDCA approach helps ensure that sustainability

considerations are embedded into decision-making, implemented through meaningful

actions, regularly monitored, and continually improved over time.

To guide our sustainability journey, PGW’s clear governance framework comprises

the suite of three strategic documents that work together to embed sustainability

into our operations, decision-making and long-term business strategy:

Golden passage, photographed by Chihui Tang

for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 32

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

Governance

Mana Whakahaere

Policy | Kaupapahere
PGW maintains a comprehensive policy framework that supports

responsible business conduct, ethical decision-making, regulatory

compliance and effective risk management across the Group. These

policies provide clear expectations for our people and guide how we

manage our environmental, social and governance responsibilities.

To ensure appropriate oversight and accountability, PGW's policy

framework operates across three levels:

Governance policies establish the responsibilities of the Board and

are approved by the PGW Board.

Group-wide policies apply across the organisation and are

approved by the CEO or CFO.

Business unit policies address matters specific to individual

business operations and are approved by the relevant General

Manager.

Together, these policies provide a structured framework for managing

risk, maintaining high standards of corporate conduct and embedding

sustainability considerations into decision-making. Accountability

for implementing policy commitments sits with leaders across the

business, while all employees are introduced to relevant policies

through induction processes and ongoing internal communications.

Modern Slavery

During FY26, PGW strengthened its governance framework through the

development of a Modern Slavery Policy. The policy formalises PGW's

commitment to respecting human rights and maintaining a zero-

tolerance approach to modern slavery across its operations and supply

chains. While designed to align with emerging legislative expectations,

the policy primarily consolidates and strengthens practices that already

exist within PGW's supplier management and procurement processes,

including supplier due diligence, contractual requirements and risk-

based supplier assessments.

The introduction of the Policy reflects growing stakeholder expectations

for transparency and responsible supply chain management,

particularly within agricultural and horticultural value chains where

modern slavery risks can arise through complex supplier networks. The

Policy establishes clear governance responsibilities, reporting pathways

and performance expectations, while supporting PGW's ongoing efforts

to identify, assess and manage modern slavery risks. It also positions

the business to respond efficiently to future regulatory requirements

and demonstrates our commitment to ethical business conduct and

responsible sourcing practices.

Corporate Governance Policies

PGW's corporate governance policies define our commitments to

responsible business conduct and provide the framework through

which the organisation is governed and managed.

Key governance policies include:

Audit Committee Charter

Code of Conduct

Constitution

Continuous Disclosure Policy

Corporate Governance Code and Board Charter

Diversity Equity and Inclusion Policy

Environment Policy

Health Safety and Environment Committee Charter

Health, Safety and Wellbeing Policy

Modern Slavery Policy

Non-GAAP Accounting Information

Remuneration and Appointments Charter

Securities Trading Policy

Sustainability Policy

Copies of these policies are publicly available at

www.pggwrightson.co.nz/sustainability.

Stakeholder Concerns and Grievances

PGW is committed to maintaining open channels for stakeholders to

raise concerns, provide feedback or lodge grievances. Stakeholders can

contact the Company through multiple avenues, including our website

contact form and dedicated telephone services. Concerns are directed

to the appropriate area of the business for investigation and response.

Where PGW has caused or contributed to adverse impacts, we seek to

respond appropriately and within the scope of our legal obligations.

We aim to address concerns in a fair, respectful and transparent manner

that reflects our commitment to responsible corporate citizenship.

Compliance

PGW had no significant instances of non-compliance with laws or

regulations during the financial year. We continue to strengthen

governance processes, controls and assurance activities that support

compliance across our operations and help us respond to changing

regulatory requirements.

Whistleblower Protection

PGW promotes a culture of integrity and accountability through its

whistleblower framework, which provides a secure mechanism for

reporting fraud, serious wrongdoing or unethical conduct. Governed

by our Whistleblower Policy, the programme encourages responsible

reporting and provides clear procedures for managing disclosures.

Reports made in good faith are treated confidentially and managed

without fear of retaliation. Individuals may also choose to report

concerns directly to external authorities where appropriate. These may

include the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment, New

Zealand Police, the Serious Fraud Office or the Commerce Commission.

Artificial Intelligence

AI is becoming an increasingly important business capability, creating

opportunities to improve productivity, support decision-making,

enhance customer and employee experiences, and drive innovation

across the organisation. At PGW, employees have access to approved

AI tools that assist with tasks such as research, analysis, content

development and knowledge sharing, helping our people focus more

time on high-value activities.

PGW supports the responsible use of AI and seeks to balance innovation

with appropriate governance. Our AI framework enables employees to

use approved technologies confidently and securely while addressing

considerations such as information security, privacy, intellectual

property, bias and regulatory compliance. AI is intended to support

human judgement rather than replace it, and employees remain

accountable for the quality, accuracy and appropriateness of AI-assisted

work. We provide guidance, training and oversight mechanisms to

promote safe, ethical and effective use of these technologies across the

business.

As AI technologies continue to evolve, PGW is focused on building

organisational capability while maintaining robust governance over

new tools, applications and emerging use cases. This includes ensuring

appropriate oversight of AI-enabled systems, particularly where they

interact with business processes, data or decision-making activities.

We are strengthening our governance and contractual arrangements,

ensuring third parties obtain our consent before using AI in connection

with services provided to PGW.

PGW also recognises that AI-enabled services depend on significant

digital infrastructure, including data centres, cloud computing networks

and semiconductor manufacturing. As the use of AI continues

to expand, governments and regulators globally are increasingly

considering policy and regulatory responses to address the broader

economic, social and environmental implications of AI adoption.

These emerging discussions include topics such as energy demand,

infrastructure capacity, transparency, governance and responsible

technology use. While these developments largely sit outside PGW's

direct operational footprint, we continue to monitor the evolving

regulatory landscape, as well as advancements in infrastructure

efficiency, renewable energy adoption and wider industry efforts to

reduce the environmental impact of AI technologies.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 33

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

GOVERNANCE

Supply Chain | Mekameka tuku
Greenhouse Gas Emissions

As a retail business, the majority of PGW's GHG

emissions occur outside our direct operational

boundary, arising throughout our upstream and

downstream value chain. We continue to undertake

a comprehensive assessment of these Scope 3

emissions sources to improve data quality, coverage

and confidence in reported results. As this work

progresses, publication of PGW's inaugural Scope 3

emissions inventory has been rescheduled to FY27

to ensure the disclosure is supported by a sufficiently

robust evidence base.

Due Diligence Assessments

PGW works with an extensive network of domestic

and international suppliers, providing customers

with access to thousands of products, services and

leading agricultural brands. As a trusted participant

in agricultural and horticultural supply chains, we

recognise the importance of understanding and

managing the environmental, social and governance

risks that may exist beyond our direct operations.

To support responsible sourcing and strengthen

supply chain transparency, PGW continues to

enhance its supplier due diligence programme.

During FY26, we expanded the number of suppliers

participating in our due diligence assessment

process and achieved a response rate exceeding

80%, providing valuable insight into the sustainability

practices and risk profiles of our key suppliers.

The assessment process is designed to support

a risk-based understanding of our supply chain

and includes consideration of sustainability

governance, environmental impacts, GHG emissions,

modern slavery, labour practices and broader ESG

management systems. During the year, PGW further

strengthened its approach through the introduction

of adverse media screening and the incorporation

of recognised international risk indicators, including

country-level modern slavery and corruption risk

assessments.

These enhancements provide a more comprehensive

view of potential supply chain risks and help

inform engagement with suppliers on areas

requiring additional due diligence, transparency or

improvement. Over time, PGW intends to continue

evolving the assessment framework to support

responsible sourcing practices, improve supply chain

resilience and strengthen alignment with stakeholder

expectations and emerging regulatory requirements.

Traceability

Traceability is the ability to identify and track the

source, origin, and production conditions of raw

materials and finished products throughout the

supply chain. As a key participant in New Zealand's

agricultural and horticultural supply chains, PGW

recognises that traceability is essential to maintaining

product integrity, supporting food safety and quality

outcomes, and preserving the trust and confidence of

our customers.

PGW operates within a range of legislative and

voluntary frameworks that support product

traceability, including:

National Animal Identification and Tracing

Act 2012

Animal Products Act 1999

Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary

Medicines Act 1997

Food Act 2014

Wine Act 2003

Brand Reputation Compliance Global Standards -

Food Safety Standards (voluntary)

Compliance with these frameworks is overseen by

our Quality Assurance team in partnership with the

relevant business units. Through supplier assurance

activities, auditing, batch tracking, traceability

testing, and product recall simulations, we help

maintain supply chain integrity, support effective

risk management, and enhance supply chain

transparency.

These systems enable the rapid identification

and isolation of affected products when required,

strengthening customer confidence and supporting

regulatory compliance. Regular audits, testing, and

review drive the continuous improvement of our

quality management systems and contribute to a

more resilient and responsible supply chain.

Agricultural Chemicals | Matū ahuwhenua

PGW plays an important role in supporting farmers and growers to protect

crop health and productivity through science-based, evidence-led solutions. As

the agricultural sector continues to evolve, we are supporting greater adoption

of agroecological approaches, including biopesticides and biological control

agents, alongside conventional agrichemical products.

PGW supplies a broad range of agricultural chemicals used to manage weeds,

pests and diseases, and to support plant growth and production. During the

year, we continued to strengthen our position within the agricultural chemical

value chain through the expansion of our BlueAg private label agrichemical

range, available through both our Rural Supplies and Fruitfed Horticulture

networks.

The importation, manufacture, sale and use of agricultural chemicals in

New Zealand are governed by a comprehensive regulatory framework,

including the:

Agricultural Compounds and Veterinary Medicines Act 1997

Biosecurity Act 1993

Health and Safety at Work Act 2015

Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996

Operating within these legislative requirements, PGW is committed to the

responsible stewardship of agricultural chemicals. Our nationwide team of

technical specialists and field representatives work closely with customers

to provide practical advice on product selection, safe handling practices and

effective application methods, helping ensure products are used responsibly

and achieve the intended outcomes.

Many agricultural chemicals are classified as hazardous substances and

require careful management throughout storage, transport and use. PGW

maintains robust risk management processes to minimise potential impacts

on people and the environment. These controls include, where required,

handling certifications, emergency response planning, segregation and storage

protocols, secondary containment systems, and spill response equipment.

We also encourage customers to adopt Integrated Pest Management (IPM)

approaches wherever practicable. This includes prioritising preventative and

non-chemical control measures before considering chemical interventions.

Where agricultural chemicals are required, we promote best-practice

application techniques to ensure products are applied accurately, efficiently

and in the appropriate quantities. Through this approach, PGW supports

productive farming systems while helping to manage environmental and

operational risks.

Research and Development | Rangahau me te Whanaketanga

PGW has a long history of investing in research and development to help

farmers and growers make informed decisions based on robust scientific

evidence. During FY26, PGW undertook 98 scientific trials across the country,

assessing how new products and technologies perform under local conditions

and providing customers with confidence that recommendations are backed

by independent research.

In the last year PGW leased the Geelen Family Trust Research Station in

Hastings, previously operated by Bayer Crop Science. The dedicated facility is a

major investment in PGW's research capability, reinforcing our commitment to

innovation within New Zealand's agricultural and horticultural sectors.

The 2.8-hectare site is a hub for horticultural and agricultural research, featuring

approximately 600 apple trees, 50 peach trees, 1,100 metres of grapevines, and

0.5 hectares dedicated to cropping. The established nature of the property has

meant that research work commenced immediately, providing opportunities

to expand trial programmes and evaluate products and technologies across a

range of growing systems.

Until now, much of PGW's research has been conducted in partnership with

farmers and growers who provide sections of productive land for trial work.

While these partnerships remain extremely valuable, the dedicated research

station will provide a more controlled and scalable environment for scientific

assessment, enabling PGW to increase the scope and consistency of its

research activities.

The facility supports a wide range of research programmes, including the

evaluation of new crop protection products, herbicides and fertilisers, often

several years before they become commercially available in New Zealand.

Through this work, PGW develops a deep understanding of product

performance, application requirements and suitability for local conditions. By

the time products reach the market, our Technical Field Representatives and

Technical Horticultural Representatives are equipped with the knowledge and

trial data needed to provide evidence-based advice to customers.

Importantly, the value of the research station extends beyond product testing.

PGW intends to develop the site as a centre of excellence where emerging

technologies, best-practice growing techniques and research findings can

be demonstrated to customers and employees. The facility also supports

the ongoing development of our technical capability through additional

investment in specialist expertise, training and research resources.

By bringing research activities together in a purpose-built facility, PGW has

strengthened its ability to generate practical, science-based insights that

help farmers and growers improve productivity, manage risk and adopt new

technologies with confidence.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 34

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

GOVERNANCE

On the move, photographed by Ilka Seebeck
for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 35

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

GOVERNANCE

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED
PAGE 36

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

GRI CONTENT INDEX

GRI Content Index | Kaupapa Pūrongo Aowhānui

GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021

GRI StandardLocationOmission

2-1Organisational details5

2-2

Entities included in the organisation’s sustainability reporting3

2-3

Reporting period, frequency and contact point3

2-4

Restatements of information3

2-5

External assurance4

2-6

Activities, value chain and other business relationships5

2-7

Employees23-24

2-8

Workers who are not employees23

2-9

Governance structure and composition10-11

2-10

Nomination and selection of the highest governance body10

2-11

Chair of the highest governance body10

2-12

Role of the highest governance body in overseeing the management of impacts10

2-13

Delegation of responsibility for managing impacts10-11

2-14

Role of the highest governance body in sustainability reporting10

2-15

Conflicts of Interest10

2-16

Communication of critical concerns11

2-17

Collective knowledge of the highest governance body11

2-18

Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance body10

2-19

Remuneration policies26

2-20

Process to determine remuneration26

2-21

Annual total compensation ratio26

2-22

Statement on sustainable development strategy33

2-23

Policy commitments34

2-24

Embedding policy commitments34

2-25

Processes to remediate negative impacts34

2-26

Mechanisms for seeking advice and raising concerns34

2-27

Compliance with laws and regulations34

2-28

Membership associations6

2-29

Approach to stakeholder engagement8

2-30

Collective bargaining agreements23

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021

GRI StandardLocationOmission

3-1Process to determine material topics4

3-2

List of material topics4

Workplace Health & Safety

3-3

Management of material topics28

403-1

Occupational health and safety management system28

403-2

Hazard identification, risk assessment, and incident investigation28

403-3

Occupational health services28

403-4

Worker participation, consultation, and communication on occupational

health and safety

28

403-5

Worker training on occupational health and safety28

403-6

Promotion of worker health28

403-7

Prevention and mitigation of occupational health and safety impacts directly

linked by business relationships

28

403-8

Workers covered by an occupational health and safety management system28

403-9

Work-related injuries28

403-10

Work-related ill health28

Product Traceability, Assurance & Lifecycle Management

3-3

Management of material topics35

13-23

Supply chain traceability35

Employee Diversity and Inclusion

3-3

Management of material topics23

405-1

Diversity of governance bodies and employees27

405-2

Ratio of basic salary and remuneration of women to men26-27

Waste and Hazardous Materials

3-3

Management of material topics22

306-2

Waste by type and disposal method22

Acronym / TermDefinition
$New Zealand Dollar

ACAir Conditioning

AEPAccredited Employers Programme

AIArtificial Intelligence

ASMAnnual Shareholders’ Meeting

BBNZBloch & Behrens Wool (NZ) Ltd

CEOChief Executive Officer

CO2Carbon Dioxide

CO2-eCarbon Dioxide Equivalent

CTPClimate Transition Plan

DISC

Dominance Influence Steadiness

Conscientiousness

ESGEnvironment, Social, and Governance

FENZFire and Emergency New Zealand

FMAFinancial Markets Authority

FY

Financial Year (ended or ending 30 June of the

relevant year)

GHGGreenhouse Gas Emissions

GRIGlobal Reporting Initiative

HFCsHydrofluorocarbons

HSWHealth Safety and Wellbeing

IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standards

IPCCIntergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

Acronym / TermDefinition

ISOInternational Organisation for Standardisation

ITInformation Technology

ITOIndustry Training Organisation

kgKilogram

kWhKilowatt Hour

LLitres

LEDLight Emitting Diode

LPGLiquified Petroleum Gas

MMillion

MJMegajoule

MWhMegawatt Hour

NZNew Zealand

NZ CSNew Zealand Climate Standards

NZDNew Zealand Dollar

NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange

PDCAPlan Do Check Act

PGWPGG Wrightson Limited

RCPRepresentative Concentration Pathway

SDGSustainable Development Goal

tCO2-eTonnes of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent

TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate

XRBExternal Reporting Board

PGG WRIGHTSON LIMITED

PAGE 37

|

SUSTAINABILITY REPORT 2026

|

GRI CONTENT INDEX / GLOSSARY

Glossary | Rārangi Kupu

GRI 3: Material Topics 2021 (continued)

GRI StandardLocationOmission

Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Decarbonisation

3-3

Management of material topics19

305-1

Direct (Scope 1) GHG emissions19

305-2

Energy indirect (Scope 2) GHG emissions19

305-3Other indirect (Scope 3) GHG emissions

PGW continues to improve

scope 3 data quality, to be

reported in FY27

305-4

GHG emissions intensity19

305-5

Reduction of GHG emissions19

Partnerships and Supporting Communities

3-3

Management of material topics23, 30

401-1

New employee hires and employee turnover24

401-2

Benefits provided to full-time employees that are not provided to temporary or

part-time employees

24

401-3

Parental leave27

404-2

Programs for upgrading employee skills and transition assistance programs25

404-3

Percentage of employees receiving regular performance and career

development reviews

24

Ecological Impacts of Agri-Chemicals

3-3Management of material topics35

Compliance with Legal & Regulatory Requirements

3-3Management of material topics34

Helping grow the country
The Amuri Basin neighbourhood watch, photographed by

Lucy Robinson for the 2026 PGW Landmarks Photo Collection.

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.